HomeMy WebLinkAboutResolution - 6415 - Contract - Grinnell Fire Protection - Lubbock Civil Center Fire Code Upgrade - 06_24_1999Resolution No. 6415
June 24, 1999
Item No. 36
M "W-11 11101Wl
BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF LUBBOCK:
THAT the Mayor of the City of Lubbock BE and is hereby authorized and
directed to execute for and on behalf of the City of Lubbock, a contract to install and
furnish all materials and services as bid for the Lubbock Civic Center Fire Code
Upgrade, between the City of Lubbock and Grinnell Fire Protection, and related
documents. Said contract is attached hereto and incorporated in this resolution as if
fully set forth herein and shall be included in the minutes of the City Council.
Passed by the City Council this 24th
AL
&"
KaythioDarnell
City Secretary
APPROVED AS TO CONTENT:
Victor Kilmak, Purchasing Manager
day of June ..9
1 61)
A
APPROVED AS TO FORM:
William de Haas
Competition and Contracts Manager/Attorney
rkb/ccdocs/Grinnell Fire Protectionses
June14,1999
CITY OF LUBBOCK
SPECIFICATIONS FOR
LUBBOCK CIVIC CENTER FIRE CODE UPGRADE
BID #99038
«rt ow
c
CITY OF LUBBOCK
Lubbock, Texas
P.O. Box 2000
Lubbock. Texas 79457
(806) 775-2167 • Fax (806) 775-2164
ADDENDUM #1
ITB #99038
LUBBOCK CIVIC CENTER
FIRE CODE UPGRADE
ITB #99038, Addendum #1
Office of
Purchasing
MAILED TO VENDOR: March 8,1999
CLOSE DATE: March 10,1999 @ 3:00 P.M.
The following items take precedence over specifications for the above named Invitation to Bid (ITB).
Where any item called for in the ITB documents is supplemented here, the original requirements, not
affected by this addendum, shall remain in effect.
1. Please find enclosed the clarification and/or revision from Agnew Associates, Inc.
All requests for additional information or clarification must be submitted in writing and directed to:
Questions may be faxed to
or Email to:
Ron Shuffield, Senior Buyer
City of Lubbock
P.O. Box 2000
Lubbock, Texas 79457
(806) 775-2164
RShuffield@mail.ci.lubbock.tx.us
X
YOU,
Ron Shuffield
Senior Buyer
PLEASE RETURN ONE COPY OF THIS ADDENDUM WITH YOUR BID
ITB 99038adI A=
ADDENDUM NUMBER ONE
Page 1
LUBBOCK CIVIC CENTER
LIFE SAFETY RENOVATIONS
Agnew Associates, Inc.
Project Number 98086
March 8, 1999
NOTICE TO ALL BIDDERS:
The following shall be incorporated in and become a part of the original Drawings and Specifications of
the above identified project. Please acknowledge receipt of this Addendum by noting it on your
Proposal.
ELECTRICAL ITEMS:
Item 1 In the Specifications Section 16721:
A.
In the Para. 1.03B: Delete reference to fireman's telephone service.
B.
Delete Para. 1.03F.
C.
Delete Para. 2.0313.
D.
Change Para. 1.13K to read as follows: Air unit shutdown: Re-route and
reconnect existing duct detector circuits from existing FACP to new FACP
and provide addressable interface.
E.
Delete Para. 1.13X.
Item 2 On
the Drawings Sheet FA-1:
A.
Change note 14 and 15 to indicate adding addressable interfaces to connect
existing flow and tamper switches.
i
r
CITY OF LUBBOCK
INVITATION TO BID
FOR
TITLE: LUBBOCK CIVIC CENTER FIRE CODE UPGRADE
ADDRESS: LUBBOCK, TEXAS
BID NUMBER: 99038
PROJECT NUMBER: 9498.9211
CONTRACT PREPARED BY: PURCHASING DEPARTMENT
INDEX
1. NOTICE TO BIDDERS
2. GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
3. BID SUBMITTAL - BID FOR LUMP SUM CONTRACTS
4. PAYMENT BOND
5. PERFORMANCE BOND
6. CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE
7. CONTRACT
8. GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE AGREEMENT
9. CURRENT WAGE DETERMINATIONS
10. SPECIFICATIONS
No Text
NOTICE TO BIDDERS
rr BID #99038
Sealed bids addressed to Victor Kilman, Purchasing Manager, City of Lubbock, Texas, will be received in the
office of the Purchasing Manager, Municipal Building, 1625 13th Street, Room L-04, Lubbock, Texas, 79401, until 2:00
r o'clock p.m. on the 10th day of March, 1999, or as changed by the issuance of formal addenda to all planholders, to
furnish all labor and materials and perform all work for the construction of the following described project:
"LUBBOCK CIVIC CENTER FIRE CODE UPGRADE"
After the expiration of the time and date above first written, said sealed bids will be opened in the office of the
Purchasing Manager and publicly read aloud.
r. It is the sole responsibility of the bidder to insure that his bid is actually in the office of the Purchasing Manager for
# the City of Lubbock, prior to the expiration of the date above first written.
The City of Lubbock will consider the bids on the 25th day of March, 1999, at the Municipal Building, 1625 13th
�..Street, Lubbock, Texas, or as soon thereafter as may be reasonably convenient, subject to the right to reject any or all
bids and waive any formalities. The successful bidder will be required to furnish a performance bond in accordance with
Chapter 2253, Government Code, in the amount of 100% of the total contract price in the event that said contract price
exceeds $100,000 and the successful bidder will be required to furnish a payment bond in accordance with Chapter 2253,
Government Code, in the amount of 100% of the total contract price in the event that said contract price exceeds $25,000.
Said statutory bonds should be issued by a company carrying a current Best Rating of B or su erior.
Bidders are required, whether or not a payment or performance bond is required, to submit a cashier's or certified
check issued by a bank satisfactory to the City of Lubbock, or a bid bond from a reliable surety company, payable without
recourse to the order of the City of Lubbock in an amount not less than 5% of the total amount of the bid submitted as a
guarantee that bidder will enter into a contract and execute all necessary bonds (if required) within 10 days after notice of
award of the contract to him.
It shall be each bidders sole responsibility to inspect the site of the work and to inform himself regarding all local
conditions under which the work is to be done. It shall be understood and agreed that all such factors have been
thoroughly investigated and considered in the preparation of the bid submitted. There will be a pre -bid conference on 3rd
day of March, at 10:00 o'clock a.m., in the Purchasing Conference Room L04, Lubbock, Texas
Attention of each bidder is particularly called to the schedule of general prevailing rate of per diem wages included
in the contract documents on file in the office of the Purchasing Manager of the City of Lubbock, which document is
specifically referred to in this notice to bidders. Each bidder's attention is further directed to provision of Article 5159a,
Vernon's Ann. Civil St., and the requirements contained therein concerning the above wage scale and payment by the
contractor of the prevailing rates of wages as heretofore established by owner in said wage scale.
The City of Lubbock hereby notifies all bidders that in regard to any contract entered into pursuant to this
advertisement, minority and women business enterprises will be afforded equal opportunities to submit bids in response to
this invitation and will not be discriminated against on the grounds of race, color, sex, disability, or national origin in
consideration for an award.
The City of Lubbock does not discriminate against persons with disabilities. City of Lubbock pre -bid meetings and
bid openings are available to all persons regardless of disability. If you would like bid information made available in a
more accessible format or if you require assistance, please contact the City of Lubbock Human Relations Office at (806)
775-2281 at least 48 hours in advance of the meeting.
CITY OF LUBBOCK
r v�
i VICTOR KIL AN
PURCHASING MANAGER
Bid documents may be obtained upon request from the Purchasing Department at 1625 13th Street,
Room L-04, Lubbock, Texas 79401; Telephone (806) 775-2167/Fax (806) 775-2164.
No Text
t.
E
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
1. SCOPE OF WORK
The contractor shall furnish all labor, superintendence, machinery, equipment and all materials necessary to
r complete this project in accordance with contract documents for the LUBBOCK CIVIC CENTER FIRE CODE
UPGRADE.
2. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
All work covered by this contract shall be done in accordance with contract documents described in the General
Conditions.
r
All bidders shall be thoroughly familiar with all of the requirements set forth on the contract documents for the
construction of this project and shall be responsible for the satisfactory completion of all work contemplated by
said contract documents.
i
! 3. PLANS FOR USE BY BIDDERS
It is the intent of the City of Lubbock that all parties with an interest in submitting a bid on the project covered by
the contract documents be given a reasonable opportunity to examine the documents and prepare a bid without
charge of forfeiture of deposit. The contract documents, may be examined without charge as noted in the Notice
to Bidders.
4. BIDDER INQUIRIES
No bidder shall request any information verbally. All written requests for additional information or clarification
concerning this bid must be addressed to:
RON SHUFFIELD
SENIOR BUYER
CITY OF LUBBOCK
P.O. BOX 2000
LUBBOCK, TX 79457
t ,
FAX (806) 775-2164
5. TIME AND ORDER FOR COMPLETION
I_
The construction covered by the contract documents shall be fully completed within 180 (ONE HUNDRED AND
EIGHTY) consecutive calendar days from the date specified in the Notice to Proceed issued by the City of
ii Lubbock to the successful bidder.
i
The Contractor will be permitted to prosecute the work in the order of his own choosing, provided, however, the
P City reserves the right to require the Contractor to submit a progress schedule of the work contemplated by the
6 contract documents. In the event the City requires a progress schedule to be submitted, and it is determined by
the City that the progress of the work is not in accordance with the progress schedule so submitted, the City may
!" direct the Contractor to take such action as the City deems necessary to insure completion of the project within
the time specified.
.Q 6. PAYMENT
All payments due to Contractor shall be made in accordance with the provisions of the General Conditions of the
contract documents.
7. AFFIDAVITS OF BILLS PAID
The City of Lubbock reserves the right, prior to final acceptance of this project to require the Contractor to execute
an affidavit that all bills for labor, materials and incidentals incurred in the construction of the improvements
contemplated by the contract documents have been paid in full and that there are no claims pending, of which the
Contractor has been notified.
8. MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP
The intent of these contract documents is that only materials and workmanship of the best quality and grade will
be furnished. The fact that the specifications may fail to be sufficiently complete in some detail will not relieve
the Contractor of full responsibility for providing materials of high quality and for protecting them adequately until
incorporated into the project. The presence or absence of a representative of the City on the site will not relieve
the Contractor of full responsibility of complying with this provision. The specifications for materials and methods
set forth in the contract documents provide minimum standards of quality which the Owner believes necessary to
procure a satisfactory project.
9. GUARANTEES
All equipment and materials incorporated in the project and all construction shall be guaranteed against defective
materials and workmanship. Prior to final acceptance, the Contractor shall furnish to the Owner, a written general
guarantee which shall provide that the Contractor shall remedy any defects in the work, and pay for any and all
damages of any nature whatsoever resulting in such defects, when such defects appear within ONE year from
date of final acceptance of the work as a result of defective materials or workmanship, at no cost to the Owner —
(City of Lubbock).
Notwithstanding any provisions contained in the contractual agreement, the Contractor represents and warrants
fault -free performance and fault -free result in the processing date and date -related data (including, but not limited `
to calculating, comparing and sequencing) of all hardware, software and firmware products delivered and services
provided under this Contract, individually or in combination, as the case may be from the effective date of this
Contract. Also, the Contractor warrants the year 2000 calculations will be recognized and accommodated and will
not, in any way, result in hardware, software or firmware failure. The City of Lubbock, at its sole option, may
require the Contractor, at any time, to demonstrate the procedures it intends to follow in order to comply with all
the obligations contained herein.
The obligations contained herein apply to products and services provided by the Contractor, its sub -contractor or
any third party involved in the creation or development of the products and services to be delivered to the City of
Lubbock under this Contract. Failure to comply with any of the obligations contained herein, may result in the City
of Lubbock availing itself of any of its rights under the law and under this Contract including, but not limited to, its
right pertaining to termination or default.
The warranties contained herein are separate and discrete from any other warranties specified in this Contract,
and are not subject to any disclaimer of warranty, implied or expressed, or limitation to the Contractor's liability
which may be specified in this Contract, its appendices, its schedules, its annexes or any document incorporated
in this Contract by reference.
10. PLANS FOR THE CONTRACTOR
The contractor will be furnished one set of plans and specifications, and related contract documents for his use `
during construction. Plans and specifications for use during construction will only be furnished directly to the
Contractor. The Contractor shall then distribute copies of plans and specifications to suppliers, subcontractors or
others, as required for proper prosecution of the work contemplated by the Contractor. ._
i
r.,
t
` 11. PROTECTION OF THE WORK
The Contractor shall be responsible for the care, preservation, conservation, and protection of all materials,
supplies, machinery, equipment, tools, apparatus, accessories, facilities, and all means of construction, and any
and all parts of the work whether the Contractor has been paid, partially paid, or not paid for such work, until the
r.. date the City issues its certificate of completion to Contractor. The City reserves the right, after the bids have
been opened and before the contract has been awarded,; to require of a bidder the following information:
(a) The experience record of the bidder showing completed jobs of a similar nature to the one covered by
the intended contract and all work in progress with bond amounts and percentage completed.
(b) A sworn statement of the current financial condition of the bidder.
(c) Equipment schedule.
12. TEXAS STATE SALES TAX
This contract is issued by an organization which qualifies for exemption provisions pursuant to provisions of
Article 20.04 of the Texas Limited Sales, Excise and Use Tax Act.
The Contractor must obtain a limited sales, excise and use tax permit which shall enable him to buy the materials
to be incorporated into the work without paying the tax at the time of purchase.
13. PROTECTION OF SUBSURFACE LINES AND STRUCTURES
It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to prosecute the work contemplated by the contract documents in such a
way as to exercise due care to locate and prevent damage to all underground pipelines, utility lines, conduits or
other underground structures which might or could be damaged by Contractor during the construction of the
project contemplated by these contract documents. The City of Lubbock agrees that it will furnish Contractor the
location of all such underground lines and utilities of which it has knowledge. However, such fact shall not relieve
the Contractor of his responsibilities aforementioned. All such underground lines or structures cut or damaged by
Contractor during the prosecution of the work contemplated by this contract shall be repaired immediately by
Contractor to the satisfaction of the City of Lubbock, Texas, at Contractor's expense.
14. BARRICADES AND SAFETY MEASURES
The contractor shall, at his own expense, furnish and erect such barricades, fences, lights and danger signals,
and shall take such other precautionary measures for the protection of persons, property and the work as may be
necessary. The Contractor will be held responsible for all damage to the work due to failure of barricades, signs,
and lights to protect it, and when damage is incurred, the damaged portion shall be immediately removed and
replaced by Contractor at his own cost and expense. The Contractor's responsibility for maintenance of
barricades, signs, and lights shall not cease until the date of issuance to Contractor of City's certificate of
acceptance of the project.
77 15. EXPLOSIVES
The use of explosives will not be permitted unless written permission to do so is obtained by the Contractor from
the City. In all cases where written permission is obtained for the use of explosives, the Contractor shall assume
full responsibility for all damage which may occur as a direct or indirect result of the blasting. In addition, in all
cases where explosives are authorized to be used, the Contractor shall use utmost care so as not to endanger life
or property and the Contractor shall further use only such methods as are currently utilized by persons, firms, or
corporations engaged in similar type of construction activity.
Explosive materials shall not be stored or kept at the construction site by the Contractor.
In all cases where explosives are to be used during the construction of the project contemplated by this contract, it
shall be the duty of the Contractor to notify each utility company having structures (above or below the ground) in
proximity to the site of the work of Contractor's intention to use explosives, and such notice shall be given
3
sufficiently in advance to enable the companies to take such steps as they may deem necessary to protect their
property from injury. Such notice, however, shall not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for any damage
resulting from his blasting operations.
16. CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATIVE
The successful bidder shall be required to have a responsible local representative available at all times while the '—
work is in progress under this contract. The successful bidder shall be required to furnish the name, address and
telephone number where such local representative may be reached during the time that the work contemplated by
this contract is in progress.
17. INSURANCE
The Contractor shall not commence work under this contract until he has obtained all insurance as required in the
General Conditions of the contract documents, from an underwriter authorized to do business in the State of
Texas and satisfactory to the City. Proof of coverage shall be furnished to the City and written notice of
cancellation or any material change will be provided ten (10) days in advance of cancellation or change. All
policies shall contain an agreement on the part of the insurer waiving the right to subrogation. The Contractor
shall procure and carry at his sole cost and expense through the life of this contract, insurance protection as
hereinafter specified. Coverage in excess of that specified herein also shall be acceptable. Such insurance shall
be carried with an insurance company authorized to transact business in the State of Texas and shall cover all
operations in connection with this contract, whether performed by the Contractor or a subcontractor, or separate
policies shall be provided covering the operation of each subcontractor. A certificate of insurance specifying each
and all coverage's shall be submitted prior to contract execution. _
The insurance certificates furnished shall name the City as an additional insured, or in the alternative,
shall be accompanied by a statement from the Contractor to the effect that no work on this particular
project shall be subcontracted. It shall be the contractors responsibility to provide to the owner all proof
of coverage insurance documents Including workers compensation coverage for each subcontractor.
18. LABOR AND WORKING HOURS
Attention of each bidder is particularly called to the schedule of general prevailing rate of per diem wages included
in these contract documents. The wage rate which must be paid on this project shall not be less than specified in
the schedule of general prevailing rates of per diem wages as above mentioned. The bidders' attention is further
directed to the requirements of Article 5159a, Vernon's Annotated Civil Statutes providing for the payment of the
wage schedules above mentioned and the bidder's obligations thereunder. The inclusion of the schedule of
general prevailing rate of per diem wages in these contract documents does not release the Contractor from _
compliance with any wage law that may be applicable. Construction work under this contract requiring an
inspector will not be performed on weekends or holidays unless the following conditions exist:
(1) The project being constructed is essential to the City of Lubbock's ability to provide the necessary service
to its citizens.
(2) Delays in construction are due to factors outside the control of the Contractor. The Contractor is
approaching the penalty provisions of the contract and Contractor can show he has made a diligent effort
to complete the contract within the allotted time. -
Before construction work requiring an inspector is to be performed on weekends or holidays, the Contractor must
notify the Owner's Representative not less than three full working days prior to the weekend or holiday he desires
to do work and obtain written permission from the Owner's Representative to do such work. The final decision on
whether to allow construction work requiring an inspector on weekends or holidays will be made by the Owner's
Representative.
In any event, if a condition should occur or arise at the site of this project or from the work being done under this
contract which is hazardous or dangerous to property or life, the Contractor shall immediately commence work,
regardless of the day of the week or the time of day, to correct or alleviate such condition so that it is no longer
dangerous to property or life.
4
f
f 19. PAYMENT OF EMPLOYEES AND FILING OF PAYROLLS
The contractor and each of his subcontractors shall pay each of his employees engaged in work on the project
under this contract in full (less mandatory legal deductions) in cash, or by check readily cashable without discount,
not less often than once each week. The Contractor and each of his subcontractors engaged at the site of the
work shall not later than the seventh day following the payment of wages, file with the Owner's Representative, or
i Engineer, a certified, sworn, legible copy of such payroll. This shall contain the name of each employee, his
classification, the number of hours worked on each day, rate of pay, and net pay. The affidavit shall state that the
copy is a true and correct copy of such payroll, that no rebates or deductions (except as shown) have been made,
or will in the future be made from the wages paid as shown thereon. The Contractor must classify employees
( according to one of the classifications set forth in the schedule of general prevailing rate of per diem wages, which
schedule is included in the contract documents. The Contractor shall forfeit as a penalty to the City of Lubbock on
whose behalf this contract is made, ten dollars for each laborer, workman, or mechanic employed for each
calendar day, or portion thereof, such laborer, workman or mechanic is paid less than the wages assigned to his
F particular classification as set forth in the schedule of general prevailing rate of per diem wages included in these
contract documents.
s
20. PROVISIONS CONCERNING ESCALATION CLAUSES
r Bids submitted containing any conditions which provide for changes in the stated bid price due to increases or
decreases in the cost of materials;labor or other items required for the project will be rejected and returned to the
bidder without being considered.
21. PREPARATION FOR BID
k
The bidder shall submit his bid on forms furnished by the City. All blank spaces in the form shall be correctly filled
r in and the bidder shall state the price both in words and numerals, for which he intends to do the work
contemplated or furnish the materials required. Such prices shall be written in ink, distinctly and legibly, or
typewritten. In case of discrepancy between the price written in words and the price written in figures, the price
written in words shall govern. If the bid is submitted by an individual, his name must be signed by him or his duly
authorized agent. If a bid is submitted by a firm, association, or partnership, the name and address of each
member must be given and the bid signed by a member of the firm, association or partnership, or person duly
authorized. If the bid is submitted by a company or corporation, the company or corporate name and business
address must be given, and the bid signed by an official or duly authorized agent. Powers of attorney authorizing
agents or others to sign bids must be properly certified and must be in writing and submitted with the bid. The bid
shall be executed in ink.
Each bid shall be enclosed in a sealed envelope, addressed as specified in the Notice to Bidders, and endorsed
on the outside of the envelope in the following manner:
(a) Bidder's name
(b) Bid for (description of the project).
Bid submittals may be withdrawn and resubmitted at any time prior to the time set for opening of the bids, but no
bid may be withdrawn or altered thereafter.
22. BOUND COPY OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
Bidder understands and agrees that the contract to be executed by bidder shall be bound and include the
following:
"
(a)
t
(b)
(c)
(d)
M
(g)
Notice to Bidders.
General Instructions to Bidders.
Bidder's Submittal.
Statutory Bond (if required).
Contract Agreement.
General Conditions.
Special Conditions (if any).
(h) Specifications.
(i) Insurance Certificates.
(j) All other documents made available to bidder for his inspection in accordance with the Notice to Bidders.
If Plans and Specifications are too bulky or cumbersome to be physically bound, they are to be considered
incorporated by reference into the aforementioned contract documents.
23.. QUALIFICATIONS OF BIDDERS
The bidder may be required before the award of any contract to show to the complete satisfaction of the City of
Lubbock that it has the necessary facilities, ability, and financial resources to provide the service specified therein
in a satisfactory manner. The bidder may also be required to give a past history and references in order to satisfy
the City of Lubbock in regard to the bidder's qualifications. The City of Lubbock may make reasonable
investigations deemed necessary and proper to determine the ability of the bidder to perform the work, and the —
bidder shall furnish to the City of Lubbock all information for this purpose that may be requested. The City of
Lubbock reserves the right to reject any bid if the evidence submitted by, or investigation of, the bidder fails to
satisfy the City of Lubbock that the bidder is properly qualified to carry out the obligations of the contract and to _
complete the work described therein. Evaluation of the bidder's qualifications shall include:
1. The ability, capacity, skill, and financial resources to perform the work or provide the service required.
2. The ability of the bidder to perform the work or provide the service promptly or within the time specified,
without delay or interference.
3. The character, integrity, reputation, judgment, experience, and efficiency of the bidder.
4. The quality of performance of previous contracts or services.
6
No Text
BID SUBMITTAL
LUMP SUM BID CONTRACT
PLACE: Municipal Building
DATE: March 10, 1999
PROJECT NUMBER: #99038 - LUBBOCK CIVIC CENTER FIRE CODE UPGRADE
Bid of Grinnell Fire Protection (hereinafter called Bidder)
To the Honorable Mayor and City Council City of Lubbock, Texas (hereinafter called Owner)
Gentlemen:
FThe Bidder, in compliance with your invitation for bids for the construction of a Lubbock
Civic Center Fire Code Upgrade
having carefully examined the plans, specifications, instructions to bidders, notice to bidders and all other related contract
documents and the site of the intended work, and being familiar with all of the conditions surrounding the construction of
the intended project including the availability of materials and labor, hereby intends to furnish all labor, materials, and
supplies; and to construct the project in accordance with the plans, specifications and contract documents, within the time
set forth therein and at the price stated below. The price to cover all expenses incurred in performing the work required
punder the contract documents.
MATERIALS: ($ 911595.00 )
r-
SERVICES: ($ 91.624.00 )
TOTAL BID: ($ 183-219.00 )
r"
(Amount shall be shown in both words and numerals. In case of discrepancy, the amount shown in words shall govern.)
Bidder hereby agrees to commence the work on the above project on or before a date to be specified in a written
"Notice to Proceed" of the Owner and to fully complete the project within 180 (ONE HUNDRED AND EIGHTY)
consecutive calendar days thereafter as stipulated in the specifications and other contract documents. Bidder hereby
further agrees to pay to Owner as liquidated damages the sum of $500 (FIVE HUNDRED DOLLARS) for each
consecutive calendar day in excess of the time set forth hereinabove for completion of this project, all as more fully set
forth in the general conditions of the contract documents.
Bidder understands and agrees that this bid submittal shall be completed and submitted in accordance with
instruction number 21 of the General Instructions to Bidders.
Bidder understands that the Owner reserves the right to reject any or all bids and to waive any formality in the
bidding.
r., 1
I
r.
r The Bidder agrees that this bid shall be goad and may not be Withdrawn for a period of thirty (30) calendar days
after the scheduled closing time for receiving bids.
The undersigned Bidder hereby declares that he has visited the site of the work and has carefully examined the
rplans, specifications and contract documents pertaining to the work covered by this bid, and he further agrees to
4 commence work on or before the date specified in the written notice to proceed, and to substantially complete the work on
which he has bid; as provided in the contract documents.
a
} Bidders are required, whether or not a payment or performance bond is required, to submit a cashler's check or
certified check issued by a bank satisfactory to the City of Lubbock, or a bid bond from a reliable surety company, payable
without recourse to the order of the City of Lubbock in an amount not less than five percent (5%) of the total amount of the
bid submitted as a guarantee that bidder will enter into a contract, obtain ail required insurance policies, and execute all
necessary bonds (if required) within (ten) 10 days after notice of award of the contract to him.
rft
Enclosed with this bid is a Cashier's Check or Certified Check for
Dollars ($ ) or a Bid Bond in the sum of 5% of Bid Dollars
($ J, which it Is agreed shall be collected and retained by the Owner as liquidated damages in the
event the bid is accepted by the Owner and the undersigned fails to execute the necessary contract documents,
insurance certificates, and the required bond (if any) with the Owner within ten (10) days after the date of receipt
of written notification of acceptance of said bid; otherwise, said check or bond shall be returned to the
undersigned upon demand.
Bidder understands and agrees that the contract to be executed by Bidder shall be bound and include all contract
documents made available to him for his inspection in accordance with the otice to Bidders.
Authorized Signature
Rick Sosebee
(Printed or Tvoed Name)
GrinnE
Company
Address
Lubbock Lubbock
Ciytty, County
Texas '79415
State Zip Code
Telephone: 806 - 744--8333
Fax: 806 - 741-1728
ATTEST: HIV
L
SecrofW
r
1 ; Bidder acknowledges receipt of the following addenda:
Addenda No. 1
Date 3 /8 /99
Addenda No.
Date
Addenda' No.
Date
Addenda No.
Date
r THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS
I.
r
AIA Document A310
Bid Bond
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that we
Gxinnell Fixe Pxotection Systems Company, (Here insert full name and address or legal title of Contractor)
A Division of Gxinnell Coxpoxation
as Principal, hereinafter called the Principal, and
(Hare insertfull name and address or legal title of Surety)
Fedex al Insuxance Company
a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Indiana
as Surety, hereinafter called the Surety, are held and firmly bound unto
City of Lubbock, Texas (Here insert full name and address or legal title of Owner)
as Obligee, hereinafter called the Obligee, in the sum of
Five Pexcent (5%) of the Value of the Attached Bid
Dollars ($ xxxxxxxx ),
for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, the said Principal and the said Surety, bind
ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by
these presents.
WHEREAS, the Principal has submitted a bid for
(Here insert full name, address and description of project)
Lubbock Civic Centex Fixe Code Upgxade 99038/9498.9211
NOW, THEREFORE, if the Obligee shall accept the bid of the Principal and the Principal shall enter into a Contract with
the Obligee in accordance with the terms of such bid, and give such bond or bonds as may be specified in the bidding or
Contract Documents with good and sufficient surety for the faithful performance of such Contract and for the prompt
payment of labor and material furnished in the prosecution thereof, or in the event of the failure of the Principal to enter
such Contract and give such bond or bonds, if the Principal shall pay to the Obligee the difference not to exceed the
penalty hereof between the amount specified in said bid and such larger amount for which the Obligee may in good faith
contract with another party to perform the Work covered by said bid, then this obligation shall be null and void, otherwise
to remain in full force and effect
Signed and sealed this 10 day of Maxch 1999
f� Gxinnell Fixe Pxotection Systems Company,
A'Divisioa of Gxinnell Coxpoxation
(Pri ipal) (Seal)
fitness)
fie
i I Fedexal Insuxance Company 0
u re (Seal)
(Seal
I (Witness) �����'`•`;�cL%�'t�-�
(Title)
� V Diane M. Huxlebaus, (Tit e)Attoxaey-in-Fact
I
C.
WC0054 • BID BOND • AIA ®' FEBRUARV 1970 ED • THE AMERICAN
I^ INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 N.V. AVE., N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20008
I
r" Chubb POWER Federal Insurance Company Attn.: Surety Department
OF Vigilant Insurance Company 15 Mountain View Road
Surety ATTORNEY Pacific indemnity Company Warren, NJ 07059
Know AJI by These Presents, That FEDERAL INSURANCE COMPANY, an Indiana corporation, VIGILANT INSURANCE COMPANY, a New York
corporation, and PACIFIC INDEMNITY COMPANY, a Wisconsin corporation, do each hereby constitute and appoint Virginia M. Tighe,
Stephen W. Grant; Richard A. Saul, Jr:, Diane M: Hurlebaus and Michael A.
Rosenberger of Boston, Massachusetts-----------------------------------------
each as their true and lawful Attomey-in-Fact to execute under such designation In their names and to affix their corporate seals to and deliver for and
on their behalf as surety thereon or otherwise, bonds and undertakings and other writings obligatory In the nature thereof (other than ball bonds) given
or executed in the course of business, and any instruments amending or altering the same, and consents to the modification or alteration of any
instrument referred to in said bonds or obhgatlons.
In witness Whereof, said FEDERAL INSURANCE COMPANY, VIGILANT INSURANCE COMPANY, and PACIFIC INDEMNITY COMPANY have
each executed and attested these presents and affixed their corporate seats on July 13 th , 1998.
enneth C. Wendel, Assistant Secrets
STATE OF NEW JERSEY }
J ss.
County of Somerset
4 � 7ri�,
Gerardo G. Mauriz, Vice President
On July 13 th , 1998, before me, a Notary Public of New Jersey, personally came Kenneth C. Wendel, to me known to be Assistant Secretary
of FEDERAL. INSURANCE COMPANY, VIGILANT INSURANCE COMPANY, and PACIFIC INDEMNITY COMPANY, the companies which executed the foregoing
Power of Attorney, and the said Kenneth C. Wendel being by me duly sworn, did depose and say that he is Assistant Secretary of FEDERAL INSURANCE
COMPANY, VIGILANT INSURANCE COMPANY, and PACIFIC INDEMNITY COMPANY and knows the corporate seals thereof, that thb seals'aff ixed to the foregoing
Power of Attorney are such corporate seals and were thereto affixed by authority of the By -Laws of said Companies; and that he signed said Power of Attorney as
Assistant Secretary of said Companies by like authority; and that he is acquainted with Gerardo G. Mauriz, and knows him to be Vlee President of said Companies;
and that the signature of Gerardo G. Mauriz, subscribed to said Power of Attorney is in the genuine handwriting of Gerardo G. Mlauriz, and was thereto subscribed by
authority of said By -Laws and in deponent's presence.
�M.WIYMIpI14j
Notgfal40
.Wq�s
s ,,oT�av y WEND[EP. WALSH -
_«— . is Notary Public, State of NgW
"s pusuc N0.0054504
f Notary Public
E-k s Commission Expires April 19, 2=
y\4k NfW ivO r
6'NNIIIMIWINU\�`\
CERTIFICATION
Extract from the By -Laws of FEDERAL INSURANCE COMPANY, VIGILANT INSURANCE COMPANY, and PACIFIC INDEMNITY COMPANY:
'All powers of attorney for and on behalf of the Company may and shall be executed In the name and on behalf of the Company, either by the
Chairman or the President or a Vice President or an Assistant Vice President, jointly with the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, under their
respective designations. The signature of such officers may be engraved, printed or lithographed. The signature of each of the following
officers: Chairman, President, any Vice President, any Assistant Vice President, any Secretary, any Assistant Secretary and the seal of the
Company may be affixed by facsimile to any power of attorney or to any certificate relating thereto appointing Assistant Secretaries or
Attomeys-in-Fact for purposes only of executing and attesting bonds and undertakings and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof, and
any such power of attorney or certificate bearing such facsimile signature or facsimile seal shall be valid and binding upon the Company and
any such power so executed and certified by such facsimile signature and facsimile seal shall be valid and binding upon the Company with
respect to any bond or undertaking to which it is attached."
1, Kenneth C. Wendel, Assistant Secretary of FEDERAL INSURANCE COMPANY, VIGILANT INSURANCE COMPANY, and PACIFIC INDEMNITY
lr-+ COMPANY (the 'Companies') do hereby certify that
Q) the foregoing extract of the By -Laws of the Companies Is true and correct,
(i) the Companies are duly licensed and authorized to transact surety business in all 50 of the United States cf America and the District of
Columbia and are authorized by the U. S. Treasury Department, further, Federal and Vighnt are licensed in Puerto Rico and the U. S. Virgin
Islands, and Federal is licensed in American Samoa, Guam, and each of the Provinces of Canada except Prince Edward Island; and
CHD the"foregoing Power of Attorney is true, correct and in full force and effect.
Given under my hand and seals of said Companies at Warren, NJ this 10 days March , tg 99
PAN
CFcO Uj
r
Kenneth C. Wendel, Assistant Secretary
iN THE EVENT YOU WISH TO NOTIFY US OF A CLAIM, VERIFY THE AUTHENTICITY OF THIS BOND OR
NOTIFY US OF ANY OTHER MATTER, PLEASE CONTACT US AT ADDRESS LISTED ABOVE, OR BY
Telephone (908) 903-3485 Fax (908) 903-3656 e-mail: surety@chubb.com
6M
PM
CITY OF LUBBOCK
INSURANCE REQUIREMENT AFFIDAVIT
To Be Completed by Bidder
And Attached to Bid Submittal
I, the undersigned Bidder, certify that the insurance requirements contained in this bid document have been
PM reviewed by me with the below identified Insurance Agent/Broker. If I am awarded this contract by the City of
Lubbock, I will be able to, within ten (10) days after being notified of such award by the City of Lubbock,
furnish a valid insurance certificate to the City meeting all of the requirements defined in this bid/proposal.
r
�^ Rick Sosebee
7 Contractor (Signature) Contractor (Print)
CONTRACTOR'S NAME: Grinnell Fire Protection
(Print or Type )
ADDRESS:
CONTRACTOR'S 1725 N. Nashville
i
Name of Agent/Broker:
i
E
Lubbock. Texas 79415
JEH Marsh 6 McLennan
Address of Agent/Broker: 1166 Avenue of the Americas
City/State/Zip: New York NY 10036
Agent/Broker Telephone Number: ( 212 ) 345-3074
Date: March 10,1999
NOTE TO CONTRACTOR
If the time requirement specified above Is not met, the City has the right to reject this bid/proposal and
award the contract to another contractor. If you have any questions concerning these requirements,
please contact the Purchasing Manager for the City of Lubbock at (806) 775-2165.
BID #/99038 - LUBBOCK CIVIC CENTER FIRE CODE UPGRADE
r. 4
No Text
I
Bond No. 81613372
THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS
AIA Document A311
Labor and Material Payment Bond
THIS BOND IS ISSUED SIMULTANEOUSLY WITH PERFORMANCE BOND IN FAVOR OF THE
OWNER CONDITIONED ON THE FULLAND FAITHFUL PERFORMANCE OF THE CONTRACT
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: that
Grinnell Fire Protection Systems Company,
A Division of Grinnell Corporation
1725 N. Nashville Avenue, Lubbock, T% 79415
as Principal, hereinafter called Principal, and,
Federal Insurance Company
15 Mountain View Rd, Warren, NJ 07061
as Surety, hereinafter called Surety, are held and firmly bound unto
City of Lubbock
Box 2000, Lubbock, Tx 79457
(Here insert full name and address or legal title of Contractor)
(Here insert full name and address or legal title of Surety)
(Here insert full name and address or legal title of Omer)
as Obligee, hereinafter called Owner, for the use and benefit of claimants as hereinbelow defined, in the
amount of One -Hundred Eighty -Three Thousand Two -Hundred Nineteen and o0/100
(Here Insert a sum equal to at least one -halt of the contract price) Dollars ($ 183,219.00
for the payment whereof Principal and Surety bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators,
successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents.
WHEREAS,
Grinnell Fire Protection Systems Company,
Principal has by written agreement dated June 24
Lubbock Civic Center Fire Code Upgrade #99038
A Division of Grinnell Corporation
1999 , entered into a contract with Owner for
in accordance with Drawings and Specifications prepared by
(Here Insert full name and address or legal title of Architect)
which contract is by reference made a part hereof, and is hereinafter referred to as the Contract.
WCA4220A PERFORMANCE BOND AND LABOR AND MATERIAL PAYMENT BOND • AIA
FEBRUARY 1970 ED. ' THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 N.Y. AVE., N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20000
K
r
7
NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION is such that, if Principal shall promptly make payment to all
claimants as hereinafter defined, for all labor and material used or reasonably required for use in the performance of the Contract,
then this obligation shall be void; otherwise it shall remain in full force and effect, subject, however, to the following conditions:
1. A claimant is defined as one having a direct contract with
the Principal or with a Subcontractor of the Principal for labor,
material, or both, used or reasonably required for use in the
performance of the Contract, labor and material being
construed to include that part of water, gas, power, light, heat,
oil, gasoline, telephone service or rental of equipment directly
applicable to the Contract
2. The above named Principal and Surety hereby jointly and
severally agree with the Owner that every claimant as herein
defined, who has not been paid in full before the expiration of
a period of ninety (90) days after the date on which the last of
such claimant's work or labor was done or performed, or
materials were furnished by such claimant, may sue on this
bond for the use of such claimant, prosecute the suit to final
judgment for such sum or sums as may be justly due claimant,
and have execution thereon. The Owner shall not be liable for
the payment of any costs or expenses of any such suit
3. No suit or action shall be commenced hereunder by any
claimant:
a) Unless claimant, other than one having a direct contract
with the Principal, shall have given written notice to any two of
the following: the Principal, the Owner, or the Surety above
named, within ninety (90) days after such claimant did or
performed the last of the work or labor, or furnished the last -`
the materials for which said claim is made, stating w
substantial accuracy the amount claimed and the name of t
party to whom the materials were furnished, or for whom t
Signed and sealed this
d�
work or labor was done or performed. Such notice shall be
served by mailing the same by registered mail or certified mail;
postage prepaid, in an envelope addressed to the Principal,
Owner or Surety, at any place where an office is regularly
maintained for the transaction of business, or served in any
manner in which legal process may be served in the state in
which the aforesaid project is located, save that such service
need not be made by a public officer.
b) After the expiration of one (1) year following the date on
which Principal ceased Work on said Contract, it being
understood, however, that if any limitation embodied in this
bond is prohibited by any law controlling the construction
hereof such limitation shall be deemed to be amended so as to
be equal to the minimum period of limitation permitted by
such law.
c) Other than in a state court of competent jurisdiction in and
for the county or other political subdivision of the state in
which the Project, or any part thereof, is situated, or in the
United States District Court for the district in which the
Project, or any part thereof, is situated, and not elsewhere.
4. The amount of this bond shall be reduced by and to the
extent of any payment or payments made in good faith
hereunder, inclusive of the payment by Surety of mechanics'
Rick Sosebee (Title) District General Mgr.
Fedexal Insuxance Company
(Surety) (Seal)
F-O
It(e)
Vi=gin M. Tighe Attoxney-in-Fact
WCA-1220B ' PERFORMANCE BOND AND LABOR AND MATERIAL PAYMENT BOND ' AIA O
FEBRUARY 1970 ED. ' THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1795 N.Y. AVE., N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 200M
4
Chubb POWER Federal Insurance Company Attn.: Surety Department
ra
OF Vigilant Insurance Company 15 Mountain View Road
Sure
ty ATTORNEY Pacific Indemnity Company Warren, NJ 07059
Know All by These Presents, That FEDERAL INSURANCE COMPANY, an Indiana corporation, VIGILANT INSURANCE COMPANY, a New York
corporation, and PACIFIC INDEMNITY COMPANY, a Wisconsin corporation, do each hereby constitute and appoint Virginia M . Tighe,
7 Stephen W. Grant; Richard A. Saul, Jr:, Diane M: Hurlebaus and Michael A.
Rosenberger of Boston, Massachusetts ------------------------------------------
each as their true and lawful Attomey-in-Fact to execute under such designation In their names and to affix their corporate seals to and deliver for and
on their behalf as surety thereon or otherwise, bonds and undertakings and other writings obligatory In the nature thereof (other than bail bonds) given
or executed in the course of business, and any instruments amending or altering the same, and consents to the modification or alteration of any
7 Instrument referred to in said bonds or obligations.
In Witness Whereof, said FEDERAL INSURANCE COMPANY, VIGILANT INSURANCE COMPANY, and PACIFIC INDEMNITY COMPANY have
each executed and attested these presents and affixed their corporate seals on July 1 3 th t9ga.
'Kenneth C. Wendel, Assistant Secrets Gerardo G. Maurtz, Vice President
[ STATE OF NEW JERSEY l
ss.
County of Somerset
On July 13 th 1998. before me, a Notary Public of New Jersey, personally came Kenneth C. Wendel, to me known to be Assistant Secretary
r of FEDERAL INSURANCE COMPANY, VIGILANT INSURANCE COMPANY, and PACIFIC INDEMNITY COMPANY, the companies which executed the foregoing
I Pcwef of Attorney, and the said Kenneth C. Wendel being by me duty swom, did depose and say that he is Assistant Secretary of FEDERAL INSURANCE
COMPANY, VIGILANT INSURANCE COMPANY, and PACIFIC INDEMNITY COMPANY and knows the corporate seals thereof, that thb seals'affxed to the foregoing
Power of Attorney are such corporate seats and were thereto affixed by authority of the By -Laws of said Companies; and that he signed said Power of Attorney as
Assistant Secretary of said Companies by like authority, and that he is acquainted with Gerardo G. Mauriz, and knows him to be Vice President of said Companies;
PM and that the signature of Gerardo G. Mauriz, subscribed to said Power. of Attorney Is In the genuine handwriting of Gerardo G. Mauriz, and was thereto subscribed by authority of said By -Laws and in deponent's presence.
,N,N'wtuluul,4
_s=NoTIAY:y: WENDIEP,WALSH -
--*— i € Notary Public, State of New,l'
pvaUc r; No. 005450# I Notary Public
H sC Commission Expires Apra 19, 2=
a fW JEF .t
4`%4 ., CERTIFICATION
Extract from the By-Laws.of FEDERAL INSURANCE COMPANY, VIGILANT INSURANCE COMPANY, and PACIFIC INDEMNITY COMPANY:
'All powers of attomey for and on behalf of the Company may and shall be executed in the name and on behalf of the Company, either by the
Chairman or the President or a Vice President or an Assistant Vice President, Jointly wtth the Secretary cr an Assistant Secretary, under thew
respective designations. The signature of such officers may be engraved, printed or lithographed. The signature of each of the following
officers: Chairman, President, any Vice President, any Assistant Vice President, any Secretary, any Assistant Secretary and the seal of the
Company may be affixed by facsimile to any power of attorney or to any certificate relating thereto appointing Assistant Secretaries or
Attomeys-in-Fact for purposes only of executing and attesting bonds and undertakings and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof, and
any such power of attorney or certificate bearing such facsimile signature or facsimile seal shall be valid and binding upon the Company and
any such power so executed and certified by such facsimile signature and facsimile seal shall be valid and binding upon the Company with
respect to any bond or undertaking to which It Is attached'
1, Kenneth C. Wendel, Assistant Secretary of FEDERAL INSURANCE COMPANY, VIGILANT INSURANCE COMPANY, and PACIFIC INDEMNITY
r COMPANY (the -Companies) do hereby certify that
l
„ Q) the foregoing extract of the By -Laws of the Companies is true and correct,
(I7 the Companies are duty lioensed and authorized to transact surety business in all 50 of the United States of America and the District of
Columbia and are authorized by the U. S. Treasury Departrnent; further, Federal and Vigilant are licensed in Puerto Rico and the U. S. Virgin
Islands, and Federal is licensed in American Samoa, Guam, and each of the Provinces of Canada except Prince Edward Island; and
(ii) the.foregoing Power of Attorney Is true, correct and in full force and effect.
Given under my hand and seals of said Companies at Warren, NJ this 8 day of July , 19 99
S`�o
w
�NOJAN� kJscotlR� t�Ely 0
r
Kenneth C. Wendel, Assi Cant Secretary
IN THE EVENT YOU WISH TO NOTIFY US OF A CLAIM, VERIFY THE AUTHENTICITY OF THIS BOND OR
1 NOTIFY US OF ANY OTHER MATTER, PLEASE CONTACT US AT ADDRESS LISTED ABOVE, OR BY
Telephone (908) 903-3485 Fax (908) 903-3656 e-mail: surety@chubb.com
15-10-0225 (Ed. 2-88) CDNSEtJT
No Text
0
F
Bond No. 61613372
THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS
AIA Document A311
Performance Bond
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: that
Gxinnell Fixe Protection Systems Company,
A Division of Gxinnell Corporation
1725 N. Nashville Avenue, Lubbock, TX 79415
as Principal, hereinafter called Contractor, and,
Fedexal Insurance Company
15 Mountain View Rd, Waxxen, NJ 07061
(Here insert Tull name and address or legal title of Contractor)
(Here insert full name and address or legal title of Surety)
as Surety, hereinafter called Surety, are held and firmly bound unto
City of Lubbock (Here Insert full name and address or legal title of Owner)
Box 2000, Lubbock, T% 79457
as Obligee, hereinafter called Owner, in the amount of
One -Hundred Eighty -Three Thousand Two-Hundxed Nineteen and 00/100
Dollars ($163,219.00
for the payment whereof Contractor and Surety bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators,
successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents.
WHEREAS,
Gxinnell Fire Protection Systems Company,
Contractor has by written agreement dated June 24
Lubbock Civic Centex Fixe Code Upgxade #99036
A Division of Gxinnell Coxpoxation
1999 , entered into a contract with Owner for
in accordance with Drawings and Specifications prepared by
(Here Insert Tull name and address or legal title of Architect)
which contract is by reference made a part hereof, and is hereinafter referred to as the Contract.
WCA-1219A ' PERFORMANCE BOND AND LABOR AND MATERIAL PAYMENT BOND ' AIA
FEBRUARY 1970 ED. ' THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 N.Y. AVE., N.W., WASHINaTON, D.C. 20008
f, ,
a
7
Ia
NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION is such that, if Contractor shall promptly and faithfully perform said
Contract, then this obligation shall be null and void; otherwise it shall remain in full force and effect
The Surety hereby waives notice of any alteration or
extension of time made by the Owner.
Whenever Contractor shall be, and declared by Owner to
be in default under the Contract, the Owner having performed
Owner's obligations thereunder, the Surety may promptly
remedy the default, or shall promptly
1) Complete the Contract in accordance with its terms and
conditions, or
2) Obtain a bid or bids for completing the Contract in
accordance with its terms and conditions, and upon
determination by Surety of the lowest responsible bidder, or, if
the Owner elects, upon determination by the Owner and the
Surety jointly of the lowest responsible bidder, arrange for a
contract between such bidder and Owner, and make available
as Work progresses (even though there should be a default or
a succession of defaults under the contract or contracts of
completion arranged under this paragraph) sufficient funds to
pay the cost of completion less the balance of the contract
price; but not exceeding, including other costs and damages
for which the Surety may be liable hereunder, the amount set
forth in the first paragraph hereof. The term "balance of the
contract price," as used in this paragraph, shall mean the total
amount payable by Owner to Contractor under the Contract
and any amendments thereto, less the amount properly paid
by Owner to Contractor.
Any suit under this bond must be instituted before the
expiration of two (2) years from the date on which final
payment under the Contract falls due.
No right of action shall accrue on this bond to or for the use
of any person or corporation other than the Owner named
herein or the heirs, executors, administrators or successors of
the Owner.
Signed and sealed this a day of July
19
Grinnell Fire Protection Sy
A Division of Grinnell Corporation
nl� (Principal) (seal)
(Wit ss) r- 1.,d,.
tck ose ee (Title) District Ge—n--e-r-a-T—Mgr.
1 Federal Insurance Company
(Surety) (Seap
(Witness) [:;;
4 �
Virgghe (Title) Attorney -in -Fact
r
I
WCA•1210B PERFORMANCE BOND AND LABOR AND MATERIAL PAYMENT BOND ' AIA
FEBRUARY 1970 ED. ' THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1795 N.Y. AVE., N,W., WASHINOTON, D.C. 20006 2
r
No Text
MR
wvcEn ..
J&FIMARSH MCLENNAM,INC,
1186 AVENUE OF THE AMEMCAS
717/99
THIS CERTIFICATE IS.ISSUEO AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND
CONFERSMORIGHTSUPOHTHECERI1FICATEHOLDER.THISCERTIFICATE
[TOES HOTAMEPdI3, EXTEND ORALTERTHE COVERAGE AFFpROEV SYTHE
POLICIES BELOW.
NEVV YORK, NY 10036,2774
RENEE J. MICKEM9
COPAPANIES AFFORDING COVERAGg
212.345-3074(rEL) 212-34SZ628 (FAX)
56880-99100 GRFik
'Aw .
LEM ARAERIC�1 HOME ASSURANCE COS , .... .
corwANY
LEA WORKERS COMPENSATION, SEE ATTACHED SCHEDULE'
tsuAEu
Grinnell Fire Protection Systems .
P. O. Box 1361
conPANY C
uR
Lubbock, Texas' 79408
Street Address f 1725 N.. Nashville AVG.
cxxMI'ANr D
c
Lubbock,. Texas 79415
THIS IS TO CEFI7IFY 7?IAT THE POLICIES OP INS Uf STED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD
INDICATED, NOTWRI•IBTANDMO ANYREOUIREdENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WIM FMSPECTTO WHICH THIS
G'ERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PER'TAK THE Od3URANm AFFORD® BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN is SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS,
EXCUf$IONS AND CON MONS OF SUCH POLICIES, LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN FIEDUCED BY PAID CLAWIS.
rn tvP� CF I vrvuecS FOI.ICYI9uAmmlOATH PAK=" �
GEMNLUABRM
X CMWER 4LGiENMMUAMjiY RMGLO1228q 07101189 • 07/01100
aAMIS I =FX-1 CXXm
OWNUM a,tz>rtTRAMOM Imorn:
a
S
luLS to,aoo
AMM0AMM RMCASU7216 07101199 07J01100 cxxivapu�a tlyat8 6,000,000
ANYAUTO RMC;AS347210 . (rXjMT_ _.;•_
ALLMNEVAUIM
6mmmXmAU= e .
NbK0W MAUf09
GARAGE UABNTY .
' PROPER1 fDANIA[3E . 6
EXCESS LIABN.ITY
A X UMBF0 AFOAl1A BET018213 ' 07/01/99 07101100
OTHBA THAN LOAMMLA FOPM
WOMCMUCOMMATM "b'El: PACE TW0 '! 07/01199 071000
EMPLOVOW Ul4etuov.
. Q?SEI1sE-EItQiEAAPLOYEE• 8 t QOQ QQ
PROJECT: LUBBO K CIVIC CENTER FI E CODE UPGRADE
ESMIPT10N OF OPERATIONSILOCATI011SAq3UCLOMECIAL110963
VHERE MUIRED THE CERTIFICATE POLDER 19 INCLUDED AS ApDITIOTdAL INSURED ON THE SEEERAI. LIABILITY AND AM LIABILITY POLICIES, OUT
•
ONLY TO THE EXTEIDT OF THE l7Etil.It; UM OF GRINNELL FIRE PROTECTION 6TSTERS CORPORAATIOR.,
WAIVER OF SUBROGATION IS INCLUDED IN FAVOR OF .THE CERTIFICATE 1DLDER. CONTRACT N0. 99038
PROJECT NAME: LUBBOCK CIVIC CENTER.FIRE.CODE UPGRADE.
SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICMS BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE
EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, THE ISSUING COMPANY WILL NX¢Q)PWM
City of Lubbock ' WA., 5 •:: DAYS WRITTI N NCMCETO THL CBMCA1'E HOLDER NAMED T�0 TiiE
P.O. -Box 2000 LEFT, �# C1� 1�dDF @61ft APE f
Lubbock,- Texas 79457
AUTND_In TATIVE i
18�1fL0�7S�p9�![!�
WORD$ 8
COVERAGE
INSURANCE COMPANY/POLICY.
BTATE
13).
)
INS. COMPANY,STATE OF"PA
AR, FL, .MAC TNr
RMWC,' 347453A.
(B)
ILLINOIB NA''IO .INS. CO. '
IL, LA
.RMWC3474S15
(B)
ILxrMOIS. NaTIQNAL IN$. CO,.
�VI
RMWC34.?4�16
• ' (A) :
AMERICAN, DOME ASSURANCE
CA
'
I
O WC347017
(B)
NATIONALS. UNION. FIRE INS . ' CO.
on T
i
E2NlWC 3474518 ..
- -
(A)
AMEtICAP7 N ' A88UiZANCE -
ALL . OTSM STATES
RMWC 3474520
..
It
---------------
x+
54
t•"
CONTRACTOR CHECKLIST
A CONTRACTOR SHALL:
(1) provide coverage for its employees providing services on a project, for the duration of the project based
on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filling of any coverage agreements;
(2) provide a certificate of coverage showing workers' compensation coverage to the governmental entity
prior to beginning work on the project;
(3) provide the governmental entity, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage
showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the contractors current certificate of
coverage ends during the duration of the project;
(4) obtain from each person providing services on a project, and provide to the governmental entity:
(A) a certificate of coverage, prior to that person beginning work on the project, so the governmental
entity will have on file certificates of coverage showing coverage for all persons providing
services on the project; and
(B) no later than seven days after receipt by the contractor, a new certificate of coverage showing
extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends
during the duration of the project;
(5) retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project and for one year thereafter;
(6) notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within ten (10) days after the
contractor knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of
any person providing services on the project;
(7) post a notice on each project site informing all persons providing services on the project that they are
required to be covered, and stating how a person may verify current coverage and report failure to provide
coverage. This notice does not satisfy other posting requirements imposed by the Act or other
commission rules. This notice must be printed in at least 19 point normal type, and shall be in both
English and Spanish and any other language common to the worker population. The text for the notices
shall be the following text provided by the commission on the sample notice, without any additional words
or changes:
r
REQUIRED WORKERS' COMPENSATION COVERAGE
r "The law requires that each person working on this site or providing services related to this construction project must (see
reverse) be covered by workers' compensation insurance. This includes persons providing, hauling, or delivering
equipment and materials, or providing labor or transportation or other service related to the project, regardless of the
identity of their employer or status as an employee."
"Call the Texas Workers' Compensation Commission at (512)440- 3789 to receive information on the
legal requirement for coverage, to verify whether your employer has provided the required coverage, or to
report an employer's failure to provide coverage." and
(8) contractually require each person with whom it contracts to provide services on a project, to:
(A) provide coverage based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing
of any coverage agreements for all of its employees providing services on the project, for the
duration of the project;
(B) provide a certificate of coverage to the contractor prior to that person beginning work on the
project;
(C) include in all contracts to provide services on the project the language in subsection (e) (3) of this
rule;
(D) provide the contractor, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage
showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of
coverage ends during the duration of the project;
(E) obtain from each other person with whom it contracts, and provide to the contractor:
(i) a certificate of coverage, prior to the other person beginning work on the project; and
(ii) prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of the
coverage period, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during
the duration of the project;
(F) retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project and for one year
thereafter;
(G) notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within (ten) 10 days
after the person knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of
coverage of any person providing services on the project; and
(H) contractually require each other person with whom it contracts, to perform as required by
paragraphs (A) - (H), with the certificate of coverage to be provided to the person for whom they
are providing services.
No Text
r"
�. STATE OF TEXAS
COUNTY OF LUBBOCK
r
r
CONTRACT
THIS AGREEMENT, made and entered into this 241' day of ,June,1999 by and between the City of Lubbock,
County of Lubbock, State of Texas, acting by and through the Mayor, City of Lubbock, thereunto authorized to do so,
hereinafter referred to as OWNER, and Grinnell Fire Protection Systems Company of the City of Lubbock, County of
Lubbock and the State of Texas hereinafter termed CONTRACTOR,
WITNESSETH: That for and in consideration of the payments and agreements hereinafter mentioned, to be made and
performed by the OWNER and under the conditions expressed in the bond bearing even date herewith (if any) the
CONTRACTOR hereby agrees with OWNER to commence and complete the construction of certain improvements
described as follows:
BID #99038 - LUBBOCK CIVIC CENTER FIRE CODE UPGRADE - $183, 219.00
and all extra work in connection therewith, under the terms as stated in the contract documents and at his (or their) own
proper cost and expense to furnish all materials, supplies, machinery, equipment, tools, superintendence, labor, insurance
and other accessories and services necessary to complete the said construction in accordance with the contract
documents as defined in the General Condition of Agreement.
The CONTRACTOR hereby agrees to commence work within ten days after the date written notice to do so shall have
been given to him and to substantially complete same within the time specified in the contract documents.
The OWNER agrees to pay the CONTRACTOR in current funds for the performance of the contract in accordance with
the bid submitted therefore, subject to additions and deductions, as provided in the contract documents and to make
payment on account thereof as provided therein.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties to these presents have executed this agreement in Lubbock, Lubbock County,
Texas in the year and day first above written.
A
AP R7Dz
TO C NTENT:
O n r' Vresentafive
APPROVED AS TO FORM:
ity Attorney
ATTEST:
Corporate Secretary
CONTRACTOR:
GRIN LL FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS COMPANY
By:
". /Oazt'x-
PRINTED NAME: A& Sosr �ee
TITLE: P, 54,:..+ f -,k or.4 h1tEnk c•
COMPLETE ADDRESS:
Grinnell Fire Protection Systems Company
1725 N. Nashville
Lubbock, Texas 79415
No Text
r.
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE AGREEMENT
1. OWNER
Whenever the word Owner, or First Party, are used in this contract, it shall be understood as referring to the City
of Lubbock, Texas.
2. CONTRACTOR
Whenever the word Contractor, or Second Party, is used, it shall be understood to mean the person, persons, co-
partnership or corporation, to wit GRINNELL FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS COMPANY who has agreed to
perform the work embraced in this contract, or their legal representative.
3. OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE
Whenever the word Owner's Representative or representative is used in this contract, it shall be understood as
referring to, City of Lubbock, or its representative GARY SMITH, FACILITIES MANAGER, so designated who will
inspect constructions; or to such other representatives, supervisors, architects, engineers, or inspectors as may
rbe authorized by said Owner to act in any particular under this agreement. Engineers, supervisors or inspectors
will act for the Owner under the direction of Owner's Representative, but shall not directly supervise the Contractor
or persons acting on behalf of the Contractor.
4. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
The contract's documents shall consist of the Notice to Bidders, General Instructions to Bidders, Bid, Signed
Agreement, Statutory Bonds (if required), General Conditions of the Agreement, Special Conditions of the
Agreement (if any), Specifications, Plans, Insurance Certificate, and all other documents made available to Bidder
for inspection in accordance with the Notice to Bidders. The above described materials are sometimes referred to
herein as the "contract" or "contract documents".
5. INTERPRETATION OF PHRASES
Whenever the words "Directed," "Permitted," "Designated," "Required," "Considered Necessary," "Prescribed," or
words of like import are used, it shall be understood that the direction, requirement, permission, order, designation
or prescription of the Owner's Representative is intended; and similarly, the words "Approved," "Acceptable,"
"Satisfactory," or words of like import shall mean approved by or acceptable or satisfactory to the Owner's
Representative.
6. SUBCONTRACTOR
The term Subcontractor, as employed herein, includes only those having a direct contract with the Contractor for
performance of work on the project contemplated by these contract documents. Owner shall have no
responsibility to any Subcontractor employed by Contractor for performance of work on the project contemplated
by these contract documents, but said Subcontractors will look exclusively to Contractor for any payments due
Subcontractor.
7. WRITTEN NOTICE
Written notice shall be deemed to have been duly served if delivered in person to the individual or to a member of
the firm or to an officer of the corporation for whom it is intended, or if delivered at or sent certified mail to the last
business address known to the party who gives the notice.
8. CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES
Unless otherwise stipulated, the Contractor shall provide and pay for all materials, supplies, machinery,
equipment, tools, superintendence, labor, insurance, and all water, light, power, fuel, transportation and all other
facilities necessary for the execution and completion of the work covered by the contract documents. Unless
otherwise specified, all materials shall be new and both workmanship and materials shall be of a good quality.
The Contractor shall, if required, furnish satisfactory evidence as to the kind and quality of materials. Materials or
work described in words which so applied have well known, technical or trade meaning shall be held to refer such
recognized standards.
All work shall be done and all materials furnished in strict conformity with the contract documents.
9. SUBSTANTIALLY COMPLETED
The term "Substantially Completed" is meant that the structure or project contemplated by the contract documents
has been made suitable for use or occupancy or the facility is in a condition to serve its intended purpose, but still
may require minor miscellaneous work and adjustment. —
10. LAYOUT
Except as specifically provided herein, the Contractor shall be responsible for laying out all work and shall -'
accomplish this work in a manner acceptable to the Owner's Representative. The Owner's Representative will
check the Contractor's layout of all major structures and any other layout work done by the Contractor at
Contractor's request, but this check does not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility of correctly locating all —
work in accordance with the Plans and Specifications.
11. KEEPING OF PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS ACCESSIBLE
The Contractor shall be furnished copies of all Plans and Specifications without expense to Contractor and
Contractor shall keep one copy of same consistently accessible on the job site.
12. RIGHT OF ENTRY
The Owner's Representative may make periodic visits to the site to observe the progress or quality of the
executed work and to determine, in general, if the work is proceeding in accordance with the contract documents.
Owner's Representative will not be required to make exhaustive or continuous onsite inspections to check the
quality or quantity of the work, nor will Owner's Representative be responsible for the construction means,
methods, techniques, sequences or procedures, or the safety precautions incident thereto. Notwithstanding the
Owner's Representative's rights of entry hereunder, the Owner's Representative will not be responsible for the
Contractor's failure to perform the work in accordance with the Contract Documents.
13. LINES AND GRADES
All lines and grades shall be furnished by the Owner's Representative whenever Owner's Representative deems
said lines and grades are necessary for the commencement of the work contemplated by these contract
documents or the completion of the work contemplated by these contract documents. Whenever necessary,
Contractor shall suspend its work in order to permit Owner's Representative to comply with this requirement, but
such suspension will be as brief as practical and Contractor shall be allowed no extra compensation therefore.
The Contractor shall give the Owner's Representative ample notice of the time and place where lines and grades
will be needed. All stakes, marks, etc., shall be carefully preserved by the Contractor, and in case of careless
destruction or removal by Contractor, its Subcontractors, or its employees, such stakes, marks, etc., shall be
replaced by the Owner's Representative at Contractor's expense.
2
7
14. OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE'S AUTHORITY AND DUTY
Unless otherwise specified, it is mutually agreed between the parties to this Agreement that the Owner's
Representative has the authority to review all work included herein. The Owner's Representative has the
authority to stop the work whenever such stoppage may be necessary to insure the proper execution of the
contract. The Owner's Representative shall, in all cases, determine the amounts and quantities of the several
kinds of work which are to be paid for under the contract documents, and shall determine all questions in relation
to said work and the construction thereof, and shall, in all cases, decide every question which may arise relative to
the execution of this contract on the part of said Contractor. The decision of the Owner's Representative shall be
conclusive in the absence of written objection to same delivered to Owner's Representative within fifteen (15)
calendar days of any decision or direction by Owner's Representative. In the absence of timely written objection
by Contractor, as provided herein, any and all objection or objections shall be deemed waived.
15. SUPERINTENDENCE AND INSPECTION
It is agreed by the Contractor that the Owner's Representative shall be and is hereby authorized to appoint from
time to time such subordinate engineers, supervisors, or inspectors as the said Owner's Representative may
deem proper to inspect the materials furnished and the work done under this Agreement, and to see that said
F" material is furnished and said work is done in accordance with the specifications therefore. The Contractor shall
j furnish all reasonable aid and assistance required by the subordinate engineers, supervisors or inspectors for the
proper inspection and examination of the work. The Contractor shall regard and obey the directions and
instructions of any subordinate engineers, supervisors or inspectors so appointed, when such directions and
instructions are consistent with the obligations of this Agreement and accompanying plans and specifications
f provided, however, should the Contractor object to any orders by any subordinate engineer, supervisor or
inspector, the Contractor may within fifteen (15) calendar days make written appeal to the Owner's
r. Representative for its decision. In the absence of timely written objection by Contractor, as provided herein, any
and all objection or objections shall be deemed waived.
16. CONTRACTOR'S DUTY AND SUPERINTENDENCE
vThe Contractor shall give personal attention to the faithful prosecution and completion of this contract and shall
keep on the work, during its progress, a competent superintendent and any necessary assistants, all satisfactory
to Owner's Representative. The superintendent shall represent the Contractor in its absence and all directions
given to superintendent shall be binding as if given to the Contractor. It is expressly agreed that adequate
supervision by competent and reasonable representatives of the Contractor is essential to the proper performance
of the work and lack of such supervision shall be grounds for suspending operations of the Contractor.
The work, from its commencement to completion, shall be under the exclusive charge and control of the
Contractor and all risk in connection therewith shall be borne by the Contractor.
f The Owner or Owner's Representatives shall not be responsible for the acts or omissions of the Contractor, or any
subcontractors, or any of Contractor's agents or employees, or any other persons performing any of the work.
r— 17. CONTRACTOR'S UNDERSTANDING
It is understood and agreed that the Contractor has, by careful examination, satisfied itself as to the nature and
�.• location of the work, the confirmation of the ground, the character, quality and quantity of materials to be
I encountered, the character of equipment and facilities needed preliminary to and during the prosecution of the
work, and the general and local conditions, and all other matters which in any way affect the work under the
contract documents. No oral agreement or conversation with any officer, agent, or employee of the Owner, or
Owner's Representative either before or after the execution of this contract, shall affect or modify any of the terms
or obligations herein contained. Subject to the rights of Owner as set forth in Paragraph 23 hereof, all
modifications and/or amendments to the contract documents, shall be in writing, and executed by Owner's
Representative and Contractor.
Unless otherwise specified herein, all loss, expense or damage to Contractor arising out of the nature of the work
to be done, or from the action of the elements, or from any unforeseen circumstance and the prosecution of the
work, shall be sustained and borne by the Contractor at its own cost and expense. _
18. CHARACTER OF WORKMEN
The Contractor agrees to employ only orderly and competent men, skillful in the performance in the type of work
required under this contract, to do the work; and agrees that whenever the Owner's Representative shall inform
Contractor in writing that any man or men on the work, are, in Owner's Representative's sole opinion,
incompetent, unfaithful, disorderly, or otherwise unacceptable to Owner or Owner's Representative, such man or _
men shall be discharged from the work and shall not again be employed on the work without the Owner's
Representative's written consent.
19. CONSTRUCTION PLANT
The Contractor shall provide all labor, tools, equipment, machinery and materials necessary in the prosecution
and completion of this contract where it is not otherwise specifically provided that Owner shall furnish same, and it --
is also understood that Owner shall not be held responsible for the care, preservation, conservation, or protection
of any materials, tools, equipment or machinery or any part of the work until it Is finally completed and accepted.
The building of structures for the housing of men or equipment will be permitted only at such places as the
Owner's Representative shall consent or direct, and the sanitary conditions of the grounds in or about such
structure shall at all times be maintained in a manner satisfactory to the Owner's Representative.
20. SANITATION
Necessary sanitary conveniences for the use of laborers on the work site, properly secluded from public
observation, shall be constructed and maintained by the Contractor in such manner and at such points as shall be
approved by the Owner's Representative and their use shall be strictly enforced.
21. OBSERVATION AND TESTING �—
The Owner or Owner's Representative shall have the right at all times to observe and test the work. Contractor
shall make necessary arrangements and provide proper facilities and access for such observation and testing at
any location wherever such work is in preparation or progress. Contractor shall ascertain the scope of any
observation which may be contemplated by Owner or Owner's Representative and shall give ample notice as to
the time each part of the work will be ready for such observation. Owner or Owner's Representative may reject
any such work found to be defective or not in accordance with the contract documents, regardless of the stage of its completion or the time or place of discovery of such errors and regardless of whether Owner's Representative
has previously accepted the work through oversight or otherwise. If any such work should be covered without
approval or consent of the Owner, it must, if requested by Owner or Owner's Representative, be uncovered for
examination at Contractor's expense. In the event that any part of the work is being fabricated or manufactured at
a location where it is not convenient for Owner or Owner's Representative to make observations of such work or
require testing of said work, then in such event Owner or Owner's Representative may require Contractor to
furnish Owner or Owner's Representative certificates of inspection, testing or approval made by persons —
competent to perform such tasks at the location where that part of the work is being manufactured or fabricated.
All such tests will be in accordance with the methods prescribed by the American Society for Testing and
Materials or such other applicable organization as may be required by law or the contract documents.
If any such work which is required to be inspected, tested, or approved is covered up without written approval or
consent of the Owner or Owner's Representative, it must, if requested by the Owner or Owner's Representative,
be uncovered for observation and testing at the Contractor's expense. The cost of all such inspections, tests and _
approvals shall be borne by the Contractor unless otherwise provided herein. Any work which fails to meet the
requirements of any such tests, inspections or approvals, and any work which meets the requirements of any such
tests or approvals but does not meet the requirements of the contract documents shall be considered defective,
and shall be corrected at the Contractor's expense.
r-
Neither observations by the Owner or Owner's Representative, nor inspections, tests, or approvals made by
Owner, Owner's Representative, or other persons authorized under the contract documents to make such
inspections, tests, or approvals shall relieve the Contractor from its obligation to perform the work in accordance
With the requirements of the contract documents.
22. DEFECTS AND THEIR REMEDIES
It is expressly agreed that if the work or any part thereof, or any material brought on the site of the work for use in
the work or selected for the same, shall be deemed by the Owner or Owner's Representative as unsuitable or not
in conformity with plans, specifications and/or contract documents, the Contractor shall, after receipt of written
notice thereof from the Owner's Representative, forthwith remove such material and rebuild or otherwise remedy
such work so that it shall be in full accordance with the contract documents. It is further agreed that any remedial
action contemplated as hereinabove set forth shall be at Contractor's expense.
23. CHANGES AND ALTERATIONS
The Contractor further agrees that the Owner may make such changes and alterations as the Owner may see fit,
in the line, grade, form dimensions, plans or materials for the work herein contemplated, or any part thereof, either
before or after the beginning of the construction, without affecting the validity of this contract and the
accompanying bond.
If such changes or alterations diminish the quantity of the work to be done, they shall not constitute the basis for a
claim for damages, or anticipated profits on the work that may be dispensed with. If they increase the amount of
work, and the increased work can fairly be classified under the specifications, such increase shall be paid
according to the quantity actually done and at the unit price established for such work under this contract;
otherwise such additional work shall be paid for as provided under Extra Work. In case the Owner shall make
such changes or alterations as shall make useless any work already done or material already furnished or used in
said work, then the Owner shall recompense the Contractor for any material or labor so used, and for actual
expenses incurred in preparation for the work as originally planned.
24. EXTRA WORK
The term "extra work" as used in this contract shall be. understood to mean and include all work that may be
required by the Owner or Owner's Representative to be done by the Contractor to accomplish any change,
alteration or addition to the work as shown on the plans and specifications or contract documents and not covered
by Contractor's bid, except as provided under Changes and Alterations herein.
It is agreed that the Contractor shall perform all extra work under the direction of the Owner's Representative
when presented with a written work order signed by the Owner's Representative; subject, however, to the right of
the Contractor to require written confirmation of such extra work order by the Owner. It is also agreed that the
compensation to be paid to the Contractor for performing said extra work shall be determined by the following
methods:
Method (A) - By agreed unit prices; or
Method (B) - By agreed lump sum; or
Method (C) - If neither Method (A) or Method (B) be agreed upon before the extra work is commenced,
then the Contractor shall be paid the lesser of the following: (1) actual field cost of the
r. extra work, plus fifteen (15%) percent; or (2) the amount that would have been charged
i by a reasonable and prudent Contractor as a reasonable and necessary cost for
4 performance of the extra work.
r In the event said extra work be performed and paid for under Method (C)(1), then the provisions of this paragraph
shall apply and the "actual field cost" is hereby defined to include the cost of all workmen, such as foremen,
timekeepers, mechanics and laborers, materials, supplies, teams, trucks, rentals on machinery and equipment, for
the time actually employed or used on such extra work, plus actual transportation charges necessarily incurred,
together with all expenses incurred directly on account of such extra work, including Social Security, Old Age
Benefits, Maintenance Bonds, Public Liability and Property Damage and Workers' Compensation and all other
insurances as may be required by law or ordinances or directed by the Owner or Owner's Representative, or by
5
them agreed to. Owner's Representative may direct the form in which accounts of the actual field cost shall be
kept and records of these accounts shall be made available to the Owner's Representative. The Owner's
Representative may also specify in writing, before the work commences, the method of doing the work and the --
type and kind of machinery and equipment to be used; otherwise, these matters shall be determined by the
Contractor. Unless otherwise agreed upon, the prices for the use of machinery and equipment shall be
determined by using 100%, unless otherwise specified, of the latest Schedule of Equipment and Ownership
Expenses adopted by the Associated General Contractors of America. Where practical, the terms and prices for
the use of machinery and equipment shall be incorporated in the written extra work order. The fifteen percent
(15%) of the actual field cost to be paid to Contractor shall cover and compensate Contractor for its profit,
overhead, general superintendence and field office expense, and all other elements of cost and expense not
embraced within the actual field cost as herein defined, save that where the Contractor's Camp or Field Office
must be maintained primarily on account of such Extra Work, then the cost to maintain and operate the same shall
be included in the "actual field cost."
No claim for extra work of any kind will be allowed unless ordered in writing by Owner's Representative. In case
any orders or instructions appear to the Contractor to involve extra work for which Contractor should receive
compensation or an adjustment in the construction time, Contractor shall prior to commencement of such extra
work, make written request to the Owner's Representative for a written order authorizing such extra work. Should
a difference of opinion arise as to what does or does not constitute extra work or as to the payment therefore, and
the Owner's Representative insists upon its performance, the Contractor shall proceed with the work after making
written request for written order and shall keep adequate and accurate account of the actual field cost thereof, as
provided under Method (C)(1). If Contractor does not notify Owner's Representative prior to the commencement
any extra work, any claim for payment due to alleged extra work shall be deemed waived.
25. DISCREPANCIES AND OMISSIONS
It is further agreed that it is the intent of the contract documents that all work described in the bid, the
specifications, plans and other contract documents, is to be done for the prices quoted by the Contractor and that
such price shall include all appurtenances necessary to complete the work in accordance with the intent of these
contract documents as interpreted by Owner's Representative. Notices of any discrepancies or omissions in
these plans, specifications, or contract documents, shall be given to the Owners' Representative and a
clarification obtained before the bids are received, and if no such notice is received by the Owner's
Representative prior to the opening of bids, then it shall be deemed that the Contractor fully understands
the work to be included and has provided sufficient sums in its bid to complete the work In accordance
with these plans and specifications. If Contractor does not notify Owner's Representative prior to bidding
of any discrepancies or omissions, then it shall be deemed for all purposes that the plans and
specifications are sufficient and adequate for completion of the project. It is further agreed that any
request for clarification must be submitted no later than five (5) calendar days prior to the opening of
bids.
26. RIGHT OF OWNER TO MODIFY METHODS AND EQUIPMENT
If at any time the methods or equipment used by the Contractor are found to be inadequate to secure the quality of
work with the rate of progress required under this contract, the Owner or Owner's Representative may order the
Contractor in writing to increase their safety or improve their character and efficiency and the Contractor shall
comply with such order.
If, at any time, the working force of the Contractor is inadequate for securing the progress herein specified, the
Contractor shall, if so ordered in writing, increase its force or equipment, or both, to such an extent as to give '-
reasonable assurance of compliance with the schedule of progress.
6
1
i
r
27. PROTECTION AGAINST ACCIDENT TO EMPLOYEES AND THE PUBLIC AND GENERAL INDEMNITY
t The Contractor shall take out and procure a policy or policies of Workers' Compensation Insurance with an
insurance company licensed to transact business in the State of Texas, which policy shall comply with the
Workers' Compensation laws of the State of Texas. The Contractor shall at all times exercise reasonable
precaution for the safety of employees and others on or near the work and shall comply with all applicable
provisions of federal, state and municipal laws and building and construction codes. All machinery and equipment
and other physical hazards shall be guarded in accordance with the "Manual of Accident Prevention in
'"" Construction" of Associated General Contractors of America, except where incompatible with federal, state or
municipal laws or regulations. The Contractor, its sureties and insurance carriers shall defend, indemnify and hold
harmless the Owner and all of its officers, agents and employees against any all losses, costs, damages,
expenses, liabilities, claims and/or causes of action, whether known or unknown, fixed, actual, accrued or
contingent, liquidated or unliquidated, including, but not limited to, attorneys' fees and expenses, in connection
with, incident to, related to, or arising out of, the Contractor's or any subcontractor's, agent's or employee's, in
any manner whatsoever, omission, execution and/or supervision of this contract, and the project which is the
subject matter of this contract.
The safety precautions taken shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor, in its sole discretion as an
Independent Contractor; inclusion of this paragraph in the Agreement, as well as any notice which may be given
by the Owners or the Owner's Representative concerning omissions under this paragraph as the work progresses,
i are intended as reminders to the Contractor of its duty and shall not be construed as any assumption of duty to
supervise safety precautions by either the Contractor or any of its subcontractors.
° 28. CONTRACTOR'S INSURANCE
The Contractor shall not commence work under this contract until he has obtained all insurance as required in the
General Conditions of the contract documents, from an underwriter authorized to do business in the State of
Texas and satisfactory to the City. Proof of coverage shall be furnished to the City and written notice of
cancellation or any material change will be provided ten (10) calendar days in advance of cancellation or change.
All policies of insurance, required herein, including policies of insurance required to be provided by Contractor and
its subcontractors, shall contain a waiver of any and all of the insurer's or payor's, in the event of self-insurance,
rights to subrogation that any such insurer or payor, in the event of self-insurance, may acquire by virtue of
payment of any loss under such insurance or self-insurance. All certificates of insurance submitted to the City in
conformity with the provisions hereof shall establish such waiver..
The Contractor shall procure and carry at its sole cost and expense through the life of this contract, insurance
protection as hereinafter specified. Coverage in excess of that specified herein also shall be acceptable. Such
insurance shall be carried with an insurance company authorized to transact business in the State of Texas and
shall cover all operations in connection with this contract, whether performed by the Contractor or a subcontractor,
or separate policies shall be provided covering the operation of each subcontractor. A certificate of insurance
specifying each and all coverages shall be submitted prior to contract execution.
The insurance certificates furnished shall name the City as an additional insured, or in the alternative,
shall be accompanied by a statement from the Contractor to the effect that no work on this particular
project shall be subcontracted. It shall be the contractors responsibility to provide to the owner all proof
of coverage insurance documents including workers compensation coverage for each subcontractor.
A. General Liability Insurance
The contractor shall have Comprehensive General Liability Insurance with limits of $500,000.00
Combined Single Limit in the aggregate and per occurrence to include;
Premises and Operations
r
Explosion & Collapse Hazard
Underground Damage Hazard
7
Products & Completed Operations Hazard
Contractual Liability
Independent Contractors Coverage
Personal Injury
Advertising Injury
B. Owner's Protective or Contingent Public Liability Insurance and Property Damage Liability Insurance.
For bodily injuries, including accidental death and or property damage, $500,000.00 Combined Single _
Limit. This policy shall be submitted prior to contract execution.
C. Comprehensive Automobile Liability Insurance
The Contractor shall have Comprehensive Automobile Liability Insurance with limits of not less than;
Bodily Injury/Property Damage, $500,000.00 Combined Single Limit,
to include all owned and nonowned cars including: Employers Nonownership Liability Hired and
Nonowned Vehicles. The City is to be named as an additional insured on this policy for this specific job
and copy of the endorsement doing so is to be attached to the Certificate of Insurance. --
D. Builder's Risk Insurance/Installation Floater Insurance
The Contractor shall obtain a Builder's Risk policy in the amount of 0.00% of the total contract price (100%
of potential loss) naming the City of Lubbock as insured. _
E. Umbrella Liability Insurance --
The Contractor shall have Umbrella Liability Insurance in the amount of JQ.00 on all contracts with
coverage to correspond with Comprehensive General Liability and Comprehensive Automobile Liability _
coverages.
F. Worker's Compensation and Employers Liability Insurance
Worker's Compensation Insurance covering all employees whether employed by the Contractor or any
Subcontractor on the job with Employers Liability of at least $500,000.00.
1. Definitions:
Certificate of coverage ("certificate") - A copy of a certificate of insurance,'a certificate of authority
to self -insure issued by the commission, or a coverage agreement (TWCC-81,`TWCC-62, TWCC-
83, or TWCC-84), showing statutory workers' compensation insurance coverage for the person's
or entity's employees providing services on a project, for the duration of the project.
Duration of the project - includes the time from the beginning of the work on the project until the
Contractor's/person's work on the project has been completed and accepted by the governmental
entity.
Persons providing services on the project ("subcontractor" in Section 406.096, Texas Labor
Code) - includes all persons or entities performing all or part of the services the Contractor has
undertaken to perform on the project, regardless of whether that person contracted directly with
the Contractor and regardless of whether that person has employees. This includes, without
limitation, independent contractors, subcontractors, leasing companies, motor carriers, owner -
operators, employees of any such entity, or employees of any entity which furnishes persons to
8
�I
' provide services on the project. "Services" include,without limitation, providing, hauling, or
delivering equipment or materials, or providing labor, transportation, or other service related to a
{`; project. "Services" does not include activities unrelated to the project, such as food/beverage
vendors, office supply deliveries, and delivery of portable toilets.
2. The Contractor shall provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and
payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements
of Texas Labor Code, Section 401.011(44) for all employees of the contractor providing services
on the project, for the duration of the project.
3. The Contractor must provide a certificate of coverage to the governmental entity prior to being
awarded the contract.
4. If the coverage period shown on the Contractor's current certificate of coverage ends during the
duration of the project, the Contractor must, prior to the end of the coverage period, file a new
certificate of coverage with the governmental entity showing that coverage has been extended.
{ r
5. The Contractor shall obtain from each person providing services on the project, and provide to the
governmental entity:
(a) a certificate of coverage, prior to that person beginning work on the project, so the
governmental entity will have on file certificates of coverage showing coverage for all
persons providing services on the project; and
(„
(b) no later than seven days after receipt by the Contractor, a new certificate of coverage
showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of
'..
r
coverage ends during the duration of the project.
6 The Contractor shall retain all required certificates of coverage for the duration of the project and
for one year thereafter.
4
7. The Contractor shall notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery,
within 10 days after the Contractor knew or should have known, of any change that materially
affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project.
8. The Contractor shall post on each project site a notice, in the text, form and manner prescribed by
the Texas Workers' Compensation Commission, informing all persons providing services on the
project that they are required to be covered, and stating how a person may verify coverage and
report lack of coverage.
9. The Contractor shall contractually require each person with whom it contracts to provide services
on the project, to:
(a) provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts
and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements of Texas
Labor Code, Section 401.011(44) for all of its employees providing services on the
project, for the duration of the project;
(b) provide to the Contractor, prior to that person beginning work on the project, a certificate
' of coverage showing that coverage is being provided for all employees of the person
providing services on the project, for the duration of the project;
(c) provide the Contractor, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of
coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current
certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project;
(d) obtain from each other person with whom it contracts,, and provide to the Contractor:
9
(1) a certificate of coverage, prior to the other person beginning work on the project;
and
(2) a new.certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, prior to the end of
the coverage period, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of
coverage ends during the duration of the project;
(e) retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project and for one
year thereafter;
(f) notify the, governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within 10
days after the person knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects
the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project; and
(g) contractually require each person with whom it contracts to perform as required by
paragraphs (a) - (g), with the certificates of coverage to be provided to the person for
whom they are providing services. _.
10. By signing this contract or providing or causing to be provided a certificate of coverage, the
Contractor is representing to the governmental entity that all employees of the Contractor who will
provide services on the project will be covered by worker's compensation coverage for the
duration of the project, that the coverage will be based on proper reporting of classification codes
and payroll amounts, and that all coverage agreements will be filed with the appropriate insurance
carrier or, in the case of a self -insured, with the commission's Division of Self -Insurance _
Regulation. Providing false or misleading information may subject the Contractor to
administrative penalties, criminal penalties, civil penalties, or other civil actions.
11. The Contractor's failure to comply with any of these provisions is a breach of contract by the
Contractor which entitles the governmental entity to declare the contract void if the Contractor
does not remedy the breach within ten days after receipt of notice of breach from the
governmental entity.
G. Proof of Coverage
Before work on this contract is commenced, each Contractor and subcontractor shall submit to the Owner
for approval five Certificates of Insurance covering each insurance policy carried and offered as evidence
of compliance with the above insurance requirements, signed by an authorized representative of the
insurance company setting forth: ._
(1) The name and address of the insured.
(2) The location of the operations to which the insurance applies. _
(3) The name of the policy and type or types of insurance in force thereunder on the date borne by
such certificate. .—
(4) The expiration date of the policy and the limit or limits of liability thereunder on the date borne by
such certificate.
(5) A provision that the policy may be canceled only by mailing written notice to the named insured at
the address shown in the bid specifications.
(6) A provision that written notice shall be given to the City ten days prior to any change in or
cancellation of the policies shown on the certificate.
(7) The certificate or certificates shall be on the form (or identical copies thereof) contained in the job
specifications. No substitute of nor amendment thereto will be acceptable.
10 -
R
I
(8) If policy limits are paid, new policy must be secured for new coverage to complete project.
(9) A Contractor shall:
(a) provide coverage for its employees providing services on a project, for the duration of the
project based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filling of
any coverage agreements;
(b) provide a certificate of coverage showing workers' compensation coverage to the
governmental entity prior to beginning work on the project;
(c) provide the governmental entity, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate
of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the
Contractor's current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project;
(d) obtain from each person providing services on a project, and provide to the governmental
entity:
(i) a certificate of coverage, prior to that person beginning work on the project, so
the governmental entity will have on file certificates of coverage showing
coverage for all persons providing services on the project; and
(ii) no later than seven days after receipt by the Contractor, a new certificate of
coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the
current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project;
(e) retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project and for one
year thereafter;
(f) notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within 10
days after the Contractor knew or should have known, of any change that materially
affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project;
(g) post a notice on each project site informing all persons providing services on the project
that they are required to be covered, and stating how a person may verify current
coverage and report failure to provide coverage. This notice does not satisfy other
posting requirements imposed by the Texas Worker's Compensation Act or other
commission rules. This notice must be printed with a title in at least 30 point bold type
and text in at least 19 point normal type, and shall be in both English and Spanish and
any other language common to the worker population. The text for the notices shall be
the following text provided by the commission on the sample notice, without any
additional words or changes: .
11
REQUIRED WORKERS' COMPENSATION COVERAGE
"The law requires that each person working on this site or providing services
related to this construction project must be covered by workers' compensation
insurance. This Includes persons providing, hauling, or delivering equipment or
materials, or providing labor or transportation or other service related to the
project, regardless of the identity of their employer or status as an employee."
"Call the Texas Workers' Compensation Commission at 5121440-3789 to receive
information of the legal requirements for coverage, to verify whether your
employer has provided the required coverage, or to report an employer's failure to
provide coverage;" and
(h) contractually require each person with whom it contracts to provide services on a project,
to:
(i) provide coverage based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll _
amounts and filing of any coverage agreements for all of its employees providing
services on the project, for the duration of the project;
(1i) provide a certificate of coverage to the Contractor prior to that person beginning
work on the project;
(iii) include in all contracts to provide services on the project the following language: _
"By signing this contract or providing or causing to be
provided a certificate of coverage, the person signing this
contract is representing to the governmental entity that all
employees of the person signing this contract who will
provide services on the project will be covered by workers'
compensation coverage for the duration of the project, that
the coverage will be based on proper reprinting of
classification codes and payroll amounts, and that all
coverage agreements will be filed with the appropriate
Insurance carrieror, in the case of a self -insured, with the
commission's Division of Self -Insurance Regulation.
Providing false or misleading information may subject the
Contractor to administrative penalties, criminal penalties, _
civil penalties, or other civil actions.";
(iv) provide the Contractor, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate
of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the —
current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project;
(v) obtain from each other person with whom it contracts, and provide to the
Contractor:
(1) a certificate of coverage, prior to the other person beginning work on the
project; and "
(2) prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage
showing extension of the coverage period, if the coverage period shown
on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the
project;
(vi) retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project
and for one year thereafter;
12
(vii) notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery,
within 10 days after the person knew or should have known, of any change that
materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on
the project; and
(viii) contractually require each other person with whom it contracts, to perform as
required by paragraphs (i)-(viii), with the certificate of coverage to be provided to
the person for whom they are providing services.
f" 29. DISABLED EMPLOYEES
9
Contractors having more than fifteen (15) employees agree to comply with the Americans with Disabilities Act of
�., 1990, and agree not to discriminate against a qualified individual with a disability because of the disability of such
individual in regard to job application procedures, the hiring, advancement, or discharge of employees, employee
compensation, job training, and other terms, conditions, and privileges of employment.
30. PROTECTION AGAINST CLAIMS OF SUBCONTRACTORS, LABORERS, MATERIALMEN, AND FURNISHERS
OF MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLIES
Without limiting, in any way, manner or form, the indemnity provided by Contractor in paragraph 27 hereof, the
Contractor agrees that it will indemnify and save the Owner and all of its officers, agents and employees, harmless
against any and all claims, liabilities, losses, damages, expenses and causes of action arising out of, in any way,
manner or form, the demands of subcontractors, laborers, workmen, mechanics, materialmen and furnishers of
machinery and parts thereof, equipment, power tools, and supplies, incurred in the performance of this contract
and the project which is the subject matter of this contract. When Owner so desires, the Contractor shall furnish
satisfactory evidence that all obligations of the nature hereinabove designated have been paid, discharged or
waived.
If during the progress of the work, Contractor shall allow any indebtedness to accrue for work furnished by any of
those designated in the preceding paragraph and shall fail to pay and discharge any such indebtedness within five
(5) days after demand is made, then Owner may, during the period for which such indebtedness shall remain
unpaid, in addition to any statutory retainage rights it may have, withhold from the unpaid portion of this contract, a
sum equal to the amount of such unpaid Indebtedness or may apply the sum so withheld to discharge any such
indebtedness.
31. PROTECTION AGAINST ROYALTIES OR PATENT INVENTION
The Contractor shall pay all royalties and license fees, and shall provide for the use of any design, device,
material or process covered by letters patent or copyright by suitable legal agreement with the Patentee or owner
thereof. Without limiting, in any way, manner or form, the indemnity provided by Contractor in paragraph 27
�.., hereof, the Contractor shall defend all suits or claims for infringement of any patent or copyrights and shall
indemnify and save the Owner, and all of its officers, agents and employees harmless from any loss on account
thereof, except that Owner shall defend all such suits and claims and shall be responsible for all such loss when a
particular design, device, material or process or the product of a particular manufacturer or manufacturers is
specified or required in these contract documents by Owner; provided, however, if choice of alternate design,
device, material or process is allowed to the Contractor, then Contractor shall indemnify and save Owner, and all
of its officers, agents and employees harmless from any loss on account thereof. Notwithstanding anything herein
to the contrary, if the material or process specified or required by Owner and/or this contract is an infringement,
the Contractor shall be responsible for such loss unless it gives written notice of such infringement to the Owner's
Representative prior to bidding.
i
13
32. LAWS AND ORDINANCES
The Contractor shall at all times observe and comply with all federal, state and local laws, ordinances and
regulations, which in any manner affect the contract or the work, and without limiting, in any way, manner or form,
the indemnity provided by Contractor in paragraph 27 hereof, Contractor shall indemnify and save harmless the
Owner, and all of its officers, agents, and employees against any claims arising from the violation of any such
laws, ordinances, and regulations, whether by the Contractor, its employees, or subcontractors. If the Contractor
observes that the plans and specifications are at variance therewith, he shall notify the Owner's Representative in
writing prior to bidding and any necessary changes shall be adjusted as provided in the contract for changes in the
work. In the absence of timely written notification to Owner's Representative of such variance or variances within
said time, any objection and/or assertion that the plans and specifications are at variance with any federal, state or
local laws, ordinances or regulations shall be deemed waived. If the Contractor, its employees or subcontractors
perform any work contrary to such laws, ordinances, rules and regulations, and without such notice to the Owner's
Representative, Contractor shall bear all costs arising therefrom.
The Owner is a municipal corporation of the State of Texas and the law from which it derives its powers, insofar
as the same regulates the objects for which, or the manner in which, or the conditions under which the Owner may
enter into contracts, shall be controlling, and shall be considered as part of this contract to the same effect as
though embodied herein.
33. SUBCONTRACTING
The Contractor agrees that it will retain personal control and will give its personal attention to the fulfillment of this
contract. The Contractor further agrees that subletting of any portion or feature of the work, or materials required
in the performance of this contract, shall not relieve the Contractor from its full obligations to the Owner, as
provided by the contract documents.
34. TIME FOR SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION AND LIQUIDATED DAMAGES
It is hereby understood and mutually agreed by and between the Contractor and the Owner, that the date of
beginning and time for completion as specified in the contract documents, of work to be done hereunder are
essential conditions of this contract; and it is further mutually understood and agreed that the work embraced in
this contract shall be commenced as provided in the contract documents.
If the Contractor should neglect, fail, or refuse to substantially complete the work within the time herein specified,
then the Contractor does hereby agree as part of the consideration for the awarding of this contract, the Owner
may withhold permanently from Contractor's total compensation, the sum of $500 (FIVE HUNDRED DOLLARS) _.
PER DAY, not as a penalty, but as liquidated damages for the breach of the contract as herein set forth for each
and every working day that the Contractor shall be in default after the time stipulated for substantially completing
the work.
It is expressly understood and agreed, by and between Contractor and the Owner, that the time for the substantial
completion of the work described herein is reasonable time for the completion of the same, taking into
consideration the average climatic range and conditions and usual industrial conditions prevailing in this locality.
The amount is fixed and agreed upon by and between the Contractor and the Owner because the actual damages
the Owner would sustain in such event would be difficult and/or impossible to estimate, however, the amount
agreed upon herein is a reasonable forecast of the amount necessary to render just compensation to Owner, and
is expressly agreed to be not disproportionate to actual damages as measured at time of breach.
IT IS FURTHER AGREED AND UNDERSTOOD BETWEEN THE CONTRACTOR AND OWNER THAT TIME IS
OF THE ESSENCE OF THIS CONTRACT.
14
I
35. TIME AND ORDER OF COMPLETION
It is the meaning and intent of this contract, unless otherwise herein specifically provided, that the Contractor shall
be allowed to prosecute its work at such time and sessions, in such order of precedence, and in such manner as
shall be most conductive to economy of construction; provided, however, that the order and time of prosecution
shall be such that the work shall be substantially completed as a whole and in part, in accordance with this
contract, the plans and specifications, and within the time of completion designated in the bid; provided, also, that
when the Owner is having other work done, either by contract or by its own force, the Owner's Representative
may direct the time and manner of constructing work done under this contract so that conflicts will be avoided and
the construction of the various works being done for the Owner shall be harmonized.
The Contractor shall submit, at such times as may reasonably be requested by the Owner's Representative,
schedules which shall show the order in which the Contractor intends to carry on the work, with dates at which the
Contractor will start the several parts of the work and estimated dates of completion of the several parts.
f- 36. TIME OF PERFORMANCE
The Contractor agrees that it has submitted its bid in full recognition of the time required for the completion of this
project, taking into consideration the average climatic range and industrial conditions prevailing in this locality, and
has considered the liquidated damage provisions of paragraph 34 hereinabove set forth and expressly agrees that
it shall not be entitled to, nor will it request, an extension of time on this contract, except when its work has been
delayed by an act or neglect of the Owner, Owner's Representative, employees of the Owner or other contractors
Flo employed by the Owner, or by changes ordered in the work, or by strike, walkouts, acts of God or the public
enemy, fire or flood. Any request for extension shall be in writing with the written request for same setting forth all
justifications, in detail, for the request, and submitted to Owner's Representative within twenty (20) calendar days
pow of the occurrence of the event causing said delay. A failure by Owner's Representative to affirmatively grant the
j extension no later than twenty (20) calendar days of written submission by Contractor shall be deemed a denial,
and final. Further, in the absence of timely written notification of such delay and request for extension, as
` provided herein, any request for extension by Contractor shall be deemed waived.
37. HINDRANCE AND DELAYS
In executing the contract, the Contractor agrees that in undertaking to complete the work within the time herein
fixed, Contractor has taken into consideration and made allowances for all hindrances and delays incident to such
work, whether growing out of delays due to unusual and unanticipated circumstances, difficulties or delays in
securing material or workmen, or any other cause or occurrence. No charge shall be made by the Contractor for
hindrance or delays from any cause during the progress of any part of the work embraced in this contract except
where the work is stopped by order of the Owner or Owner's Representative for the Owner's convenience, in
which event, such expense as in the sole judgment of the Owner's Representative that is caused by such
stoppage shall be paid by Owner to Contractor.
38. QUANTITIES AND MEASUREMENTS
No extra or customary measurements of any kind will be allowed, but the actual measured or computed length,
e area, solid contents, number and weight only shall be considered, unless otherwise specifically provided. In the
event this contract is let on a unit price basis, then Owner and Contractor agree that this contract, including the
specifications, plans and other contract documents are intended to show clearly all work to be done and material
to be furnished hereunder. Where the estimated quantities are shown, and only when same are expressly stated
to be estimates, for the various classes of work to be done and material to be furnished under this contract, they
are approximate and are to be used only as a basis for estimating the probable cost of the work and for comparing
their bids offered for the work. In the event the amount of work to be done and materials to be furnished are
expressly stated to be estimated, and only when same are expressly stated to be estimated, it is understood and
` agreed that the actual amount of work to be done and the materials to be furnished under this contract may differ
r, somewhat from these estimates, and that where the basis for payment under this contract is the unit price method,
payment shall be for the actual amount of work done and materials furnished on the project.
4
39. PROTECTION OF ADJOINING PROPERTY
The Contractor shall take proper means to protect the adjacent or adjoining property or properties in anyway
encountered, which may be injured or seriously affected by any process of construction to be undertaken under
this agreement, from any damage or injury by reason of said process of construction and Contractor shall be
liable for any and all claims for such damage on account of his failure to fully protect all adjacent property.
Without limiting, in any way, manner and form, the indemnity provided by Contractor in paragraph 27 hereof, the
Contractor agrees to indemnify, save and hold harmless the Owner, and any of its officers, agents and
employees, against any and all claims or damages due to any injury to any adjacent or adjoining property, related
to, arising from or growing out of the performance of this contract.
40. PRICE FOR WORK
In consideration of the furnishing of all necessary labor, equipment and material and the completion of all work by
the Contractor, and on.the delivery of all materials embraced in this contract in full conformity with the
specifications and stipulations herein contained, the Owner agrees to pay the Contractor the price set forth in the
bid proposal attached hereto, which has been made a part of this contract, and the Contractor hereby agrees to
receive such price in full for furnishing all materials and all labor required for the aforesaid work, also, for all
expenses incurred by Contractor and for well and truly performing the same and the whole thereof in the manner
and according to this agreement, the attached specifications, plans, contract documents and requirements of
Owner's Representative.
41. PAYMENTS
No payments made or certificates given shall be considered as conclusive evidence of the performance of the
contract, either wholly or in part, nor shall any certificate or, payment be considered as acceptance of defective
work. Contractor shall at any time requested during the progress of the work furnish the Owner or Owner's
Representative with a verifying certificate showing the Contractor's total outstanding indebtedness in connection
with the work. Before final payment is made, Contractor shall satisfy Owner, by affidavit or otherwise, that there
are no outstanding liens against Owner's premises by reason of any work under the contract. Acceptance by
Contractor of final payment of the contract price shall constitute a waiver of all claims against Owner, Owner's
agents and employees, which have not theretofore been timely filed as provided in this contract.
42. PARTIAL PAYMENTS
On or before the tenth day of each month, the Contractor shall submit to Owner's Representative an application
for partial payment or, if the Contractor does not submit such application, the Owner's Representative shall
determine the amount to be partially paid. Owner's Representative shall review said application for partial
payment if submitted, and the progress of the work made by the Contractor and if found to be in order, shall
prepare a certificate for partial payment showing as completely as practical the total value of the work done by the
Contractor up to and including the last day of the preceding month. The determination of the partial payment by
the Owner's Representative shall be in accordance with Paragraph 14 hereof. —
The Owner shall then pay the Contractor on or before the fifteenth day of the current month the total amount of the
Owner's Representative's Certificate of Partial Payment, less 5% of the amount thereof, which 5% shall be
retained until final payment, and further, less all previous payments and all further sums that may be retained by
Owner under the terms of the contract documents.
Any partial payment made hereunder shall not constitute a waiver by the Owner of any and all other rights to '—
enforce the express terms of the contract documents, and all remedies provided therein, as to any and all work
performed, to be performed and/or materials delivered hereunder, including, but limited to, work to which said
partial payment is attributable. _
16
t
43. SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION
Contractor shall give Owner's Representative written notice of substantial completion. Within thirty-one (31)
working days after the Contractor has given the Owner's Representative written notice that the work has been
substantially completed, the Owner's Representative and/or the Owner shall inspect the work and within said time,
if the work be found to be substantially completed in accordance with the contract documents, the Owner's
Representative shall issue to the Owner and Contractor a certificate of substantial completion. Notwithstanding
the issuance of a certificate of substantial completion, Contractor shall proceed with diligence to finally complete
the work within the time provided in this contract.
44. FINAL COMPLETION AND PAYMENT
The Contractor shall give written notice to Owner's Representative of final completion. Upon written notice of final
completion, the Owner's Representative shall proceed to make final measurement to determine whether final
completion has occurred. If the Owner's Representative determines final completion has occurred, Owner's
Representative shall so certify to the Owner. Upon certification by Owner's Representative of final completion,
Owner shall pay to the Contractor on or before the 31 st working day after the date of certification of final
completion, the balance due Contractor under the terms of this agreement. Neither the certification of final
completion nor the final payment, nor any provisions in the contract documents shall relieve the Contractor of the
obligation for fulfillment of any warranty which may be required in the contract documents and/or any warranty or
warranties implied by law or otherwise.
i
45. CORRECTION OF WORK
Contractor shall promptly remove from Owner's premises all materials condemned by the Owner's Representative
r•. on account of failure to conform to the contract documents, whether actually incorporated in the work or not, and
i Contractor shall at its own expense promptly replace such condemned materials with other materials conforming
to the requirements of the contract documents. Contractor shall also bear the expense of restoring all work of
other contractors damaged by any such removal or replacement. If Contractor does not remove and replace any
r such condemned work within a reasonable time after a written notice by the Owner or the Owner's
Representative, Owner may remove and replace it at Contractor's expense.
Neither the final payment, nor certification of final completion or substantial completion, nor any provision in the
contract documents shall relieve the Contractor of responsibility for faulty materials or workmanship, and
Contractor shall remedy any defects due thereto and pay for any damage to other work resulting therefrom, which
shall appear within a period of one (1) year from the date of certification of final completion by Owner's
Representative.
46. PAYMENT WITHHELD
The Owner or Owner's Representative may, on account of subsequently discovered evidence, withhold or nullify
the whole or part of any certification to such extent as may necessary to protect itself from loss on account of:
(a) Defective work not remedied and/or work not performed.
(b) Claims filed or reasonable evidence indicating possible filing of claims.
(c) Failure of the Contractor to make payments promptly to subcontractors or for materials or labor.
(d) Damage to another contractor.
When the above grounds are removed, or the Contractor provides a surety bond satisfactory to the Owner, in the
amount withheld, payment shall be made for amounts withheld because of them.
17
9
47. CLAIM OR DISPUTE
It is further agreed by both parties hereto that all questions of dispute or adjustment presented by the Contractor
shall be in writing and filed with the Owner's Representative within fifteen (15) calendar days after the Owner's
Representative has given any direction, order or instruction to which the Contractor desires to take exception.
Timely written notice of dispute as provided in this contract of any decision by Owner's Representative or Owner
shall be a condition precedent to the bringing and/or assertion of any action or claim by Contractor of any right
under this Contract. If the matters set forth in the notice of dispute are not granted or otherwise responded to by
Owner's Representative within fifteen (15) calendar days of receipt of notice of dispute by Owner's
Representative, said objections shall be deemed denied. Any decision by the Owner's Representative, or
deemed denial by the Owner's Representative, shall be final and conclusive in the absence of fraud. It is further
agreed that the acceptance by the Contractor of the final payment shall be a bar to any and all claims of the
Contractor, and constitute a waiver of the right to assert any claim against Owner, Owner's agents and employees
and Owner's Representative, by Contractor.
48. NON-COMPLIANCE AND/OR ABANDONMENT BY CONTRACTOR
In case the Contractor should (1) abandon and fail or refuse to resume work within fifteen (15) calendar days after
written notification from the Owner or the Owner's Representative, or (2) if the Contractor fails to comply with the
written orders of the Owner's Representative, when such orders are consistent with this contract, then the Surety
on the bond shall be notified in writing and directed to complete the work and a copy of said notice shall be
delivered to the Contractor. In the event a bond is not required by law, or otherwise obtained by the Contractor,
no further notice of such non-compliance to Contractor shall be required.
After receiving said notice of abandonment or non-compliance , the Contractor shall not remove from the work any
machinery, equipment, tools, materials or supplies then on the job, but the same, together with any materials and
equipment under the contract for work, may be held for use on the work by the Owner or the Surety of the
Contractor, or another contractor, in completion of the work; and the Contractor shall not receive any rental or
credit therefore (except when used in connection with Extra Work, where credit shall be allowed as provided for
under paragraph 24 of this contract); it being understood that the use of such equipment and materials will _
ultimately reduce the cost to complete the work and be reflected in the final settlement.
In the event the Contractor, or Surety, whichever is applicable, should fail to commence compliance with the
notice hereinbefore provided within ten (10) calendar days after service of such notice, and/or shall fail to proceed
with diligence to complete the project as contemplated and in compliance with all terms and provisions of the
contract documents, then the Owner may exercise any and all remedies available to it pursuant to law, contract,
equity or otherwise, including, but not limited to, providing for completion of the work in either of the following _
elective manners:
(a) The Owner may employ such force of men and use of machinery, equipment, tools, materials and
supplies as said Owner may deem necessary to complete the work and charge the expense of such labor,
machinery, equipment, tools, materials and supplies to said, Contractor, and the expense so charged shall
be deducted and paid by the Owner out of such moneys as may be due, or that may thereafter at any time
become due to the Contractor under and by virtue of this Agreement. In case such expense is less than
the sum which would have been payable under this contract, if the same had been completed by the
Contractor, then said Contractor shall receive the difference. In case such expense is greater than the
sum which would have been payable under this contract, if the same had been completed by said
Contractor, then the Contractor and/or its Surety shall pay the amount of such excess to the Owner; or
(b) The Owner, under sealed bids, after notice published as required by law, at least twice in a newspaper
having a general circulation in the County of location of the work, may let the contract for the completion _
of the work under substantially the same terms and conditions which are provided in this contract. In case
of any increase in cost to the Owner under the new contract as compared to what would have been the
cost under this contract, such increase shall be charged to the Contractor and the Surety shall be and
remain bound therefore. Should the cost to complete any such new contract prove to be less than that
which would have been the cost to complete the work under this contract, the Contractor or his Surety
shall be credited therewith.
18
6
In the event the Owner's Representative elects to complete the work, as described above, when the work shall
P P
have been finally completed, the Contractor and his Surety shall be so notified and certification of completion as
provided in paragraph 44 hereinabove set forth, shall be issued. A complete itemized statement of the contract
accounts, certified to by Owner's Representative as being correct shall then be prepared and delivered to
Contractor and his Surety, if applicable, whereon the Contractor or his Surety, or the Owner as the case may be,
�* shall pay the balance due as reflected by said statement within 30 days after the date of certification of
completion.
In the event the statement of accounts shows that the cost to complete the work is less than that which would
have been the cost to the Owner had the work been completed by the Contractor under the terms of this contract,
or when the Contractor and/or his Surety, if applicable, shall pay the balance shown to be due by them to the
Owner, then all machinery, equipment, tools, materials or supplies left on the site of the work shall be turned over
to the Contractor and/or his Surety, if applicable. Should the cost to complete the work exceed the contract price,
and the Contractor and/or his Surety, if applicable, fail to pay the amount due the Owner within the time
designated hereinabove, and there remains any machinery, equipment, tools, materials or supplies on the site of
the work, notice thereof, together with an itemized list of such equipment and materials shall be mailed to the
Contractor and his Surety, if applicable, at the respective addresses designated in this contract; provided,
however, that actual written notice given in any manner will satisfy this condition. After mailing, or other giving of
such notice, such property shall be held at the risk of the Contractor and his Surety, if applicable, subject only to
the duty of the Owner to exercise ordinary care to protect such property. After fifteen (15) calendar days from the
date of said notice the Owner may sell such machinery, equipment, tools, materials or supplies and apply the net
sum derived from such sale to the credit of the Contractor and his Surety, if applicable. Such sale may be made
at either public or private sale, with or without notice, as the Owner may elect. The Owner shall release any
machinery, equipment, tools, materials, or supplies which remain on the jobsite and belong to persons other than
the Contractor or his Surety, if applicable, to their proper owners.
�» The remedies provided to Owner by law, equity, contract, or otherwise, shall be cumulative, to the extent
permitted by law. It is expressly agreed and understood that the exercise by Owner of the remedies provided in
t this paragraph shall not constitute an election of remedies on the part of Owner, and Owner, irrespective of its
exercise of remedies hereunder, shall be entitled to exercise concurrently or otherwise, any and all other remedies
available to it, by law, equity, contract or otherwise, including but not limited to, liquidated damages, as provided in
i paragraph 34, hereinabove set forth.
49. LIMITATION ON CONTRACTOR'S REMEDY
The remedies of Contractor hereunder shall be limited to, and Owner shall be liable only for, work actually
performed by Contractor and/or its subcontractors as set forth in the contract documents, and Owner shall not be
liable for any consequential, punitive or indirect loss or damage that Contractor may suffer in connection with the
project which is the subject matter of this contract.
50. SONDS
The successful bidder will be required to furnish a performance bond in accordance with Chapter 2253,
Government Code, in the amount of 100% of the total contract price in the event that said contract price exceeds
$100,000 and the successful bidder will be required to furnish a payment bond in accordance with Chapter 2253,
Government Code, in the amount of 100% of the total contract price in the event that said contract price exceeds
$25,000. All bonds, if required, shall be submitted on forms supplied by the Owner, and executed by an approved
Surety Company authorized to do business in the State of Texas. It is further agreed that this contract shall not be
r in effect until such bonds are so furnished.
r~
i
19
E
51. SPECIAL CONDITIONS
In the event special conditions are contained herein as part of the contract documents and said special conditions
conflict with any of the general conditions contained in this contract, then in such event the special conditions shall
control.
52. LOSS OR EXPENSE DUE TO UNUSUAL OR UNANTICIPATED CIRCUMSTANCES
Unless otherwise specified herein, all loss, expense or damage to the Contractor arising out of the nature of the
work to be done, or from the action of the elements, or from any unforeseen circumstance or from unusual
obstructions or difficulties, naturally occurring, man made or otherwise, which may be encountered in the
prosecution of the work, shall be sustained and borne by the Contractor at his own cost and expense.
53. INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR
Contractor is, and shall remain, an independent contractor with full, complete and exclusive power and authority to --
direct, supervise, and control its own employees and to determine the method of the performance of the work
covered hereby. The fact that the Owner or Owner's Representative shall have the right to observe Contractor's
work during Contractor's performance and to carry out the other prerogatives which are expressly reserved to and
vested in the Owner or Owner's Representative hereunder, is not intended to and shall not at any time change or
effect the status of the Contractor as an independent contractor with respect to either the Owner or Owner's
Representative or to the Contractor's own employees or to any other person, firm, or corporation.
54. CLEANING UP
The Contractor shall at all times keep the premises free from accumulation of debris caused by the work, and at the completion of the work Contractor shall remove all such debris and also its tools, scaffolding, and surplus
materials and shall leave the work room clean or its equivalent. The work shall be left in good order and condition.
In case of dispute Owner may remove the debris and charge the cost to the Contractor.
55. HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES AND ASBESTOS
Hazardous Substances (herein so called), as defined in the Comprehensive Environmental Response,
Compensation, and Liability Act (42 U.S.C.S. §9601(14)) and the regulations promulgated thereunder, as same
may be amended from time to time, hydrocarbons or other petroleum products or byproducts and/or asbestos, in.
.any form, shall not (1) be utilized, in any way, manner or form, in the construction of, or incorporation into, the
Project; or (ii) be brought upon, placed, or located, by any party, on the Project site, or any other property of the —
City, without the written consent of the Owner's Representative. If Contractor believes that the utilization of a
Hazardous Substance, hydrocarbons or other petroleum products or byproducts and/or asbestos is necessary in
the construction of the Project, or that it is necessary to place and/or otherwise locate upon the site of the Project —
or other property of the City, a Hazardous Substance, hydrocarbons or other petroleum products or byproducts
and/or asbestos, Contractor shall notify the Owner's Representative, and request consent therefrom, at least
twenty (20) days prior to such action. Owner's Representative may grant or deny the request of Contractor and
provide whatever requirements such consent, if granted, is conditioned upon, in its sole and absolute discretion. If the request of Contractor is not granted, or otherwise not responded to, by Owner's Representative within five (5)
days of the receipt of said request, said request shall be deemed to be denied.
In the event Owner's Representative shall consent to the request of Contractor, Contractor shall be responsible for
ensuring that all personnel involved in the Project are (i) trained for the level of expertise required for proper
performance of the actions contemplated by this Contract and, in particular, in all aspects of handling, storage,
disposal and exposure of Hazardous Substances, hydrocarbons or other petroleum products or byproducts and/or --
asbestos; and (ii) are provided and utilize all protective equipment, including without limitation, personal protective
gear, necessary to provide protection from exposure to Hazardous Substances, hydrocarbons or other petroleum
products or byproducts and/or asbestos.
20
No Text
r-
RESOLUTION
Resolution No. 6138
Item No. 23
December 16, 1998-
WHEREAS, the City Council of the City of Lubbock has heretofore established
the general prevailing rate of per diem wages on public works projects in Lubbock as
required by Section 2258.022 of the Government Code; and
WHEREAS, such wage rates were established by Resolution No. 5121, enacted
on March 14, 1996; and
WHEREAS, said schedule of per diem wage rates requires a clarification with
regard to Exhibit D; NOW THEREFORE:
BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF LUBBOCK:
THAT the general prevailing rate of per diem wages for public works contracts
shall be as set forth in Resolution No. 5121 enacted on March 14, 1996, except that
Exhibit D to said Resolution entitled "Weekend and Holiday Rate" shall be entitled
"Legal Holiday Rate" and shall read as follows:
"The rate for legal holidays shall be as required by the Fair Labor Standards Act."
Passed by the City Council this 16th day c
F
ATI, ST:
r
K ythie arnelI, City Secretary
APPROVED AS CONTENT:
Mary And ws, Director of Human Resources
APPROVED AS TO FORM:
G. Vandiver, First Assistant City Attorney
DG V:lccdocs/wagerate.res
December 7, 1998
r
Resolucion
March la, 1996
Item #19
r
WHEREAS, the City Council has heretofore established the general prevailing rate of
per diem wages for each craft or type of workmen or mechanics needed to execute public
works contracts for the City of Lubbock in accordance with the provisions of Vernon's
Ann.Civ.St., Art. 5159a; and
,i WHEREAS, such wage rates were established by Resolution No. 719 enacted Februar%
12, 1981, updated by Resolution No. 1590 enacted February 23. 1984, and further updated by
Resolution No. 2502 enacted January 8. 1987; and
WHEREAS, such rates need to be updated at the present time in order to reflect the
current prevailing rate of per diem wages; NOW THEREFORE:
BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF LUBBOCK:
THAT the general prevailing rate of per diem wages for public works contracts shall 1%
as set forth in the following named exhibits. which exhibits shall be attached hereto and magi:
a part hereof for all intents and purposes:
Exhibit A:
Buildine Construction Trades
Exhibit B:
Paving and Highway Construction
Exhibit C.
Overtime Rate
Exhibit D:
Weekend and Holiday Rate
Such wage rates are hereby found and declared to be the general prevailing rate of per diem
wages in all localities where public works are undertaken on behalf of the City of Lubbock ar.
such wage rates shall be included in all public works contracts as provided by law.
ro
:f
Passed by the Citv Council this 14 th da rch , 1996.
f! i
I
(
AVID R. LA STON, . YOR
ATTEST:
I�
Betty M. J on, City Secretary
r
. APPROVED AS TO CONTENT:
r (�
Mary And ws, Managing Director of
Human Resources
I APPROVED AS TO FORM:
I
a old Willard, Assistant City Attorney
l
i
HW:da/ccdocs/pubworks.res
�+ February 14. 1996
�i
�i
�i
Ij
II
II
C' i
EXHIBIT A
City of Lubbock
Building Construction Trades
Prevailing Rates
MIN
Acoustical Ceiling Installer
Air Conditioner Installer
Air Conditioner Installer -Helper
Asbestos Worker
Asbestos Supervisor
Bricklayer
Bricklayer -Helper
Carpenter
Carpenter -Helper
Cement Finisher
Drywall Hanger
Electrician
Electrician -Helper
Equipment Operator -Heavy
Equipment Operator -Light
Floor Installer
Glazier
Insulator-Piping/Boiler
Insulator -Helper
Iron Worker
Laborer -General
Mortar Mixer
Painter
Plumber
Plumber -Helper
Roofer
Roofer -Helper
Sheet Metal Worker
Sheet Metal Worker -Helper
Welder -Certified
Hourly Rate
10.00
11.00
5.50
8.00
11.00
11.00
6.00
11.00
6.00
7.50
10.00
13.00
6.00
8.50
7.50
8.50
8.00
9.00
5.50
8.00
5.50
5.50
9.50
10.50
6.00
8.00
5.50
8.75
5.50
10.00
EXHIBIT B
Paving and Highway Construction
Prevailing Wage Rates
Craft
Hourly Rate
Asphalt Heaterman
6.00
Asphalt Shoveler
5.50
Concrete Finisher
7.35
Concrete Finisher -Helper
5.75
Electrician
10.50
Flagger
5.50
Form Setter
6.50
Form Setter -Helper
5.50
Laborer -General
5.50
Laborer Utility
6.25
Mechanic
7.25
Mechanic -Helper
5.50
Power Equipment Operators
Asphalt Paving Machine
7.00
Bulldozer
7.00
Concrete Paving Machine
Front End Loader
6.0
Heavy Equipment Operator
7.50
.
Light EquipmentEquipmentOperator
60
6.550
Motor Grader Operator
8.50
Roller
6.00
Scraper
6.50
Tractor
6.50
Truck Driver -Light
Truck Driver -Heavy
6.550
6.50
r
EXMrr
1' prevailing Wage Rates
Overtime Rate
The rate for overtime Cm excess of forty hours per week) is 1 112 times base rate.
r
EXHIBIT D
Prevailing wage Rates
Weekend and Holiday Rate
The rate for weekend and holiday is 1 1/2 times base rate.
r�
I
r
r
i
r
r
r
c
..
r
7
r
.
No Text
I
F
TABLE OF CONTENTS
DIVISION 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
Section
Title
Number of Pages
Section 01010
Summary of Work
2
Section 01027
Applications for Payment
5
Section 01030
Alternates
2
Section 01035
Modification Procedures
3
Section 01045
Cutting and Patching
5
!
Section 01300
Submittals
8
Section 01400
Quality Control
4
Section 01500
Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls
6
Section 01541
Protection of Installed Work
1
Section 01600
Materials and Equipment
5
Section 01631
Substitutions
3
Section 01700
Contract Closeout
6
DIVISION 9 FINISHES
Section 09511
Acoustical Panel Ceilings
8
DIVISION 15 FIRE PROTECTION
Section 15000
General Provisions for Fire Protection
6
Section 15280
Fire Protection Sprinkler System
7
DIVISION 16 ELECTRICAL
Section
16000
General Provisions for Electrical
9
Section
16060
Minor Electrical Demolition For Remodeling
3
Section
16110
Raceways and Fittings
7
Section
16120
Conductors
5
Section
16475
Circuit Disconnect and Overcurrent Protective Devices
2
Section
16476
Enclosed Circuit Breakers
3
Section
16721
Fire Alarm Systems
22
Special Conditions
2
Schedule of Events
8
I
r
F
F
r
PM
i
LMCC
FIRE CODE UPGRADE
LUBBOCK, TEXAS
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
SECTION 01010
SUMMARY OF WORK
PART 1— GENERAL
01010-1
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to
this Section.
1.2 WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
A. The Project consists of Fire Sprinkler and Alarm System Installation — Lubbock
Memorial Civic Center.
1. Project Location: 1501 6th Street, Lubbock, Texas 79401
2. Owner: City of Lubbock,1625 13th Street, Lubbock, Texas
B. Contract Documents, dated January 20, 1999 were prepared for the Project by
Agnew Associates, 3223 S. Loop 289, Lubbock, Texas 79423.
C. The Work consists of-
1. The Work includes, but is not limited to, all materials, labor, demolition
and installation of the following:
Lay in acoustical ceiling installation
Fire sprinkler installation
Fire alarm system installation
1.3 CONTRACTOR USE OF PREMISES
A. Use of the Site: Limit use of the premises to work in areas indicated. Confine
operations to areas within contract limits indicated. Do not disturb portions of the
site beyond the areas in which the Work is indicated.
1. Owner Occupancy: Allow for Owner occupancy and use by the public.
2. Driveways and Entrances: Keep driveways and entrances serving the
premises clear and available to the Owner, the Owner's employees, and
emergency vehicles at all times. Do not use these areas for parking or
storage of materials. Schedule deliveries to minimize space and time
requirements for storage of materials and equipment on -site.
B. Use of the Existing Building: Maintain the existing building in a weather -tight
condition throughout the construction period. Repair damage caused by
r
LMCC
FIRE CODE UPGRADE SECTION 01010
LUBBOCK, TEXAS SUMMARY OF WORK 01010-2
construction operations. Take all precautions necessary to protect the building
and its occupants during the construction period with the use of barricades or
temporary walls. '
1.4 OCCUPANCY REQUIREMENTS
A. Full Owner Occupancy: The Owner will occupy the site and existing building
during the entire construction period. Cooperate with the Owner during
construction operations to minimize conflicts and facilitate owner usage. Perform
the Work so as not to interfere with the Owner's operations.
PART 2 — PRODUCTS (Not Applicable)
PART 3 (Not Applicable)
END OF SECTION
F
LMCC
FIRE CODE UPGRADE SECTION 01027
LUBBOCK, TEXAS APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT 01027-1
PART 1— GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to
this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements governing the
Contractor's Applications for Payment.
B. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this
Section.
1. Schedules: The Contractor's Construction Schedule and Submittal
Schedule are specified in Division 1 Section "Submittals."
` 1.3 SCHEDULE OF VALUES
I A. Coordination: Coordinate preparation of the Schedule of Values with preparation
of the Contractor's Construction Schedule.
r B. Format and Content: Use the Project Manual table of contents as a guide to
establish the format for the Schedule of Values. Provide at least one line item for
r, each Specification Section.
I
1. Identification: Include the following Project identification on the
Schedule of Values:
a. Project name and location.
b. Name of the Engineer.
C. Project number.
d. Contractor's name and address.
e. Date of submittal.
2. Arrange the Schedule of Values in tabular form with separate columns to
indicate the following for each item listed:
a. Related Specification Section or Division.
b. Description of Work.
c. Change Orders (numbers) that affect value.
d. Dollar value.
r
LMCC
FIRE CODE UPGRADE
LUBBOCK, TEXAS
SECTION 01027
APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT
01027-2
i
3. Provide a breakdown of the Contract Sum in sufficient detail to facilitate
continued evaluation of Applications for Payment and progress reports.
Coordinate with the Project Manual table of contents. Break principal
subcontract amounts down into several line items.
4. Round amounts to nearest whole dollar; the total shall equal the Contract
Sum.
5. Provide a separate line item in the Schedule of Values for each part of the
Work where Applications for Payment may include materials or
equipment, purchased or fabricated and stored, but not yet installed.
a. Differentiate between items stored on -site and items stored off -site.
Include requirements for insurance and bonded warehousing, if
required.
6. Provide separate line items on the Schedule of Values for initial cost of the
materials, for each subsequent stage of completion, and for total installed
value of that part of the work.
7. Margins of Cost: Show line items for indirect costs and margins on actual
costs only when such items are listed individually in Applications for
Payment. Each item in the Schedule of Values and Applications for
Payment shall be complete. Include the total cost and proportionate share
of general overhead and profit margin for each item.
a. Temporary facilities and other major cost items"that are not direct
cost of actual work -in -place may be shown either as separate line
items in the Schedule of Values or distributed as general overhead
expense, at the Contractor's option.
8. Schedule Updating: Update and resubmit the Schedule of Values prior to
the next Applications for Payment when Change Orders or Construction
Change Directives result in a change in the Contract Sum.
1.4 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT
A. Each Application for Payment shall be consistent with previous applications and
payments as certified by the Engineer and paid for by the Owner.
1. The initial Application for Payment, the Application for Payment at time
of Substantial Completion, and the final Application for Payment involve
additional requirements.
F
LMCC
F
FIRE CODE UPGRADE SECTION 01027
LUBBOCK, TEXAS APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT 01027-3
B. Payment Application Times: The date for each progress payment shall be
determined at the pre -construction conference, but shall be no more frequently
than monthly. The period covered by each Application for Payment starts on the
day following the end of the preceding period.
C. Payment Application Forms: Use AIA Document G702 and Continuation Sheets
G703 as the form for Applications for Payment.
D. Application Preparation: Complete every entry on the form. Include notarization
and execution by a person authorized to sign legal documents on behalf of the
Contractor. The Engineer will return incomplete applications without action.
1. Entries shall match data on the Schedule of Values and the Contractor's
Construction Schedule. Use updated schedules if revisions were made.
2. Include amounts of Change Orders issued prior to the last day of the
construction period covered by the application.
E. Transmittal: Submit 3 signed and notarized original copies of each Application
for Payment to the Engineer by a method ensuring receipt within 24 hours. One
copy shall be complete, including waivers of lien and similar attachments, when
required.
1. Transmit each copy with a transmittal form listing attachments and
recording appropriate information related to the application, in a manner
acceptable to the Engineer.
F. Waivers of Mechanics Lien: With each Application for Payment, submit waivers
of mechanics liens from subcontractors, sub -subcontractors and suppliers for the
construction period covered by the previous application.
1. Submit partial waivers on each item for the amount requested, prior to
deduction for retainage, on each item.
2 When an application shows completion of an item, submit final or full
waivers.
3. The Owner reserves the right to designate which entities involved in the
Work must submit waivers.
4. Waiver Delays: Submit each Application for Payment with the
Contractor's waiver of mechanics lien for the period of construction
covered by the application.
LMCC
FIRE CODE UPGRADE
LUBBOCK, TEXAS
SECTION 01027
APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT
01027-4
i
a. Submit final Applications for Payment with or preceded by final
waivers from every entity involved with performance of the Work
covered by the application who is lawfully entitled to a lien.
5. Waiver Forms: Submit waivers of lien on forms, and executed in a
manner acceptable to the Owner.
G. Initial Application for Payment: Administrative actions and submittals, that must
precede or coincide with submittal of the first Application for Payment, include
the following:
1. List of subcontractors.
2. List of principal suppliers and fabricators.
3. Schedule of Values.
4. Contractor's Construction Schedule (preliminary if not final).
5. Schedule of principal products.
6. Schedule of unit prices.
7. Submittal Schedule (preliminary if not final).
8. List of Contractor's staff assignments.
9. List of Contractor's principal consultants.
10. Copies of building permits.
11. Copies of authorizations and licenses from governing authorities for
performance of the Work.
12. Initial progress report.
13. Report of preconstruction meeting.
14. Certificates of insurance and insurance policies.
15. Performance and payment bonds.
16. Data needed to acquire the Owner's insurance.
17. Initial settlement survey and damage report, if required.
H. Application for Payment at Substantial Completion: Following issuance of the
Certificate of Substantial Completion, submit an Application for Payment.
1. This application shall reflect Certificates of Partial Substantial Completion
issued previously for Owner occupancy of designated portions of the
work.
2. Administrative actions and submittals that shall precede or coincide with
this application include:
a. Occupancy permits and similar approvals.
b. Warranties (guarantees) and maintenance agreements.
C. Test/adjust/balance records.
d. Maintenance instructions.
LMCC
FIRE CODE UPGRADE SECTION 01027
LUBBOCK, TEXAS APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT 01027-5
e. Changeover information related to Owner's occupancy, use,
operation, and maintenance.
f. Final cleaning.
g. Application for reduction of retainage and consent of surety.
h. Advice on shifting insurance coverages.
i. List of incomplete Work, recognized as exceptions to Architect's
Certificate of Substantial Completion.
I. Final Payment Application: Administrative actions and submittals that must
precede or coincide with submittal of the final Application for Payment include
the following:
r
1. Completion of Project closeout requirements.
2. Completion of items specified for completion after Substantial
r'
Completion.
3. Ensure that unsettled claims will be settled.
4. Ensure that incomplete Work is not accepted and will be completed
without undue delay.
l
t
5. Transmittal of required Project construction records to the Owner.
6. Proof that taxes, fees, and similar obligations were paid.
7. Removal of temporary facilities and services.
8. Removal of surplus materials, rubbish, and similar elements.
PART 2 — PRODUCTS (Not Applicable)
PART 3 — EXECUTION (Not Applicable)
END OF SECTION
LMCC
FIRE CODE UPGRADE
LUBBOCK, TEXAS
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
SECTION 01030
ALTERNATES
PART GENERAL
01030-1
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to
this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This section includes administrative and procedural requirements governing
Alternates.
1.3 ALTERNATES REQUIREMENTS
A. Definition: An alternate is an amount proposed by bidders for certain work
defined in the Bidding Requirements that may be added to or deducted from the
Base Bid amount if the Owner decides to accept a corresponding change in either
the amount of construction to be completed, or in the products, materials,
equipment, systems, or installation methods described in the Contract Documents.
1. Costs listed for each Alternate shall include costs of related coordination,
modifications, or adjustments on the Bid Proposal Form.
2. The cost or credit for each alternate is the net addition to or deduction
from the Contract Sum to incorporate the Alternate into the Work. No
other adjustments are made to the Contract Sum.
B. Selection: Selection by Owner may occur prior to the Contract Date, or may, by
the Agreement, be deferred for possible selection at a subsequent date.
C. Alternate Provisions:
1. Numbering: Each Alternate is identified by number, and describes the
basic changes to be incorporated into the work, only when that Alternate is
made a part of the Work by specific provisions in the Owner -Contractor
Agreement.
2. Language: Each Alternate contained herein is defined by abbreviated
language, recognizing. that drawings and specification sections document
the requirements. Information contained herein is intended to summarize
Alternates, but does not necessarily include references to every trade or
every operation involved.
LMCC
FIRE CODE UPGRADE
LUBBOCK, TEXAS
3.
4.
5.
SECTION 01030
ALTERNATES 01030-2
Coordination: Coordination of related work is required to ensure that
Work affected by each selected alternate is complete and interfaced with
Work of alternates. Modify or adjust affected adjacent Work as necessary
to completely and fully integrate that Work into the Project.
a. Include as part of each alternate, miscellaneous devices, accessory
objects, and similar items incidental to or required for a complete
installation whether or not mentioned as part of the Alternate.
b. Referenced sections of specifications stipulate pertinent
requirements to achieve the work stipulated under each Alternate.
C. Coordinate pertinent related Work and modify surrounding Work
to integrate work under each Alternate, and to provide complete
construction required by Contract Documents, as affected by
alternates, which are accepted and made a part of Contract.
Notification: Following award of Contract, prepare and distribute to each
entity to be involved in performance of Work, a notification of status of
alternate. Indicate which alternates have been:
a. Accepted,
b. Rejected, and/or
C. Deferred for consideration at a later date.
d. Include full description of negotiated modifications to alternates, if
any.
Execute accepted alternates under the same conditions as other Work of
this Contract.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable)
PART 3 — EXECUTION (Not Applicable)
END OF SECTION
LMCC
FIRE CODE UPGRADE SECTION 01035
LUBBOCK, TEXAS MODIFICATION PROCEDURES 01035-1
PART 1 — GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to
this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for handling
and processing contract modifications.
B. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this
Section:
1. Division 1 Section "Submittals" for requirements for the Contractor's
Construction Schedule.
2. Division 1 Section "Applications for Payment" for administrative
procedures governing Applications for Payment.
3. Division 1 Section "Substitutions" for administrative procedures for
handling requests for substitutions made after award'of the Contract.
1.3 MINOR CHANGES IN THE WORK
A. The Engineer will issue supplemental instructions authorizing minor changes in
the Work, not involving adjustment to the Contract Sum or Contract Time, on
AIA Form G710, Architect's Supplemental Instructions.
1.4 CHANGE ORDER PROPOSAL REQUESTS
A. Owner -Initiated Proposal Requests: The Engineer will issue a detailed
description of proposed changes in the Work that will require adjustment to the
Contract Sum or Contract Time. If necessary, the description will include
supplemental or revised Drawings and Specifications.
1. Proposal requests issued by the Engineer are for information only. Do not
consider them as an instruction either to stop work in progress or to
execute the proposed change.
2. Within 20 days of receipt of a proposal request, submit an estimate of cost
necessary to execute the change to the Engineer for the Owner's review.
LMCC
FIRE CODE UPGRADE SECTION 01035
LUBBOCK, TEXAS MODIFICATION PROCEDURES 01035-2
a. Include a list of quantities of products required and unit costs, with
the total amount of purchases to be made. Where requested,
furnish survey data to substantiate quantities.
b. Indicate applicable taxes, delivery charges, equipment rental, and
amounts of trade discounts.
C. Include a statement indicating the effect the proposed change in the
Work will have on the Contract Time.
B. Contractor -Initiated Proposals: When latent or unforeseen conditions require
modifications to the Contract, the Contractor may propose changes by submitting
a request for a change to the Engineer.
1. Include a statement outlining the reasons for the change and the effect of
the change on the Work. Provide a complete description of the proposed
change. Indicate the effect of the proposed change on the Contract Sum
and Contract Time.
2. Include a list of quantities of products required and unit costs, with the
total amount of purchases to be made. Where requested, furnish survey
data to substantiate quantities.
3. Indicate applicable taxes, delivery charges, equipment rental, and amounts
of trade discounts.
4. Comply with requirements in Section "Substitutions" if the proposed
change requires substitution of one product or system fora product or
system specified.
C. Proposal Request Form: Use AIA Document G709 for Change Order Proposal
Requests.
1.5 CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVE
A. Construction Change Directive: When the Owner and the Contractor disagree on.
the terms of a Proposal Request, the Engineer may issue a Construction Change
Directive on AIA Form G714. The Construction Change Directive instructs the
Contractor to proceed with a change in the Work, for subsequent inclusion in a
Change Order.
1. The Construction Change Directive contains a complete description of the
change in the Work. It also designates the method to be followed to
determine change in the Contract Sum or Contract Time.
B. Documentation: Maintain detailed records on a time and material basis of work
required by the Construction Change Directive.
r
c
r
LMCC
FIRE CODE UPGRADE
LUBBOCK, TEXAS
SECTION 01035
MODIFICATION PROCEDURES
01035-3
1. After completion of the change, submit an itemized account and
supporting data necessary to substantiate cost and time adjustments to the
Contract.
1.6 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES
A. Upon the Owner's approval of a Proposal Request, the Owner will issue a Change
Order for signatures of the Owner and the Contractor.
PART 2 — PRODUCTS (Not Applicable)
PART 3 — EXECUTION (Not Applicable)
END OF SECTION
LMCC
FIRE CODE UPGRADE
LUBBOCK, TEXAS
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
SECTION 01045
CUTTING AND PATCHING
PART 1- GENERAL
01045-1
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to
this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for cutting and
patching.
B. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this
Section:
1. Refer to other Sections for specific requirements and limitations
applicable to cutting and patching individual parts of the Work.
a. Requirements of this Section apply to mechanical and electrical
installations. Refer to Division 15 Sections for other requirements
and limitations applicable to cutting and patching mechanical and
electrical installations.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Cutting and Patching Proposal: Submit a proposal describing procedures well in
advance of the time cutting and patching will be performed if the Owner requires
approval of these procedures before proceeding. Request approval to proceed.
Include the following information, as applicable, in the proposal:
1. Describe the extent of cutting and patching required. Show how it will be
performed and indicate why it cannot be avoided.
2. Describe anticipated results in terms of changes to existing construction.
Include changes to structural elements and operating components as well
as changes in the building's appearance and other significant visual
elements.
3. List products to be used and firms or entities that will perform Work.
4. Indicate dates when cutting and patching will be performed.
LMCC
FIRE CODE UPGRADE SECTION 01045
LUBBOCK, TEXAS CUTTING AND PATCHING 01045-2 I
5. Utilities: List utilities that cutting and patching procedures will disturb or
affect. List utilities that will be relocated and those that will be
temporarily out -of -service. Indicate how long service will be disrupted. --
6. Approval by the Engineer to proceed with cutting and patching does not
waive the Engineer's right to later require complete removal and
replacement of unsatisfactory work.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Operational Limitations: Do not cut and patch operating elements or related
components in a manner that would result in reducing their capacity to perform as
intended. Do not cut and patch operating elements or related components in a
manner that would result in increased maintenance or decreased operations, life or
safety.
1. Obtain approval of the cutting and patching proposal before cutting and
patching the following operating elements or safety related systems:
a. Primary operational systems and equipment.
b. Air or smoke barriers. _
c. Water, moisture, or vapor barriers.
d. Fire protection systems.
e. Noise and vibration control elements and systems.
f. Control systems.
g. Communication systems.
h. Electrical wiring systems. .-.
B. Visual Requirements: Do not cut and patch construction exposed on the exterior
or in occupied spaces in a manner that would, in the Engineer's opinion, reduce .^
the building's aesthetic qualities. Do not cut and patch construction in a manner
that would result in visual evidence of cutting and patching. Remove and replace
construction cut and patched in a visually unsatisfactory manner. _.
1. If possible, retain the original Installer or fabricator to cut and patch the
exposed Work listed below. If it is impossible to'engage the original
Installer or fabricator, engage another recognized experienced and
specialized firm.
a. Processed concrete finishes.
b. Matched -veneer woodwork.
C. Firestopping.
d. Stucco and ornamental plaster.
e. Acoustical ceilings.
LMCC
FIRE CODE UPGRADE SECTION 01045
LUBBOCK, TEXAS CUTTING AND PATCHING 01045-3
f Wall covering.
g. HVAC enclosures, cabinets, or covers.
r
1.5 WARRANTY
A. Existing Warranties: Replace, patch, and repair material and surfaces cut or
damaged by methods and with materials in such a manner as not to void any
warranties required or existing.
PART 2 — PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS, GENERAL
A. Use materials identical to existing materials. For exposed surfaces, use materials
that visually match existing adjacent surfaces to the fullest extent possible if
identical materials are unavailable or cannot be used. Use materials whose
installed performance will equal or surpass that of existing materials.
PART 3 — EXECUTION
3.1 INSPECTION
A. Examine surfaces to be cut and patched and conditions under which cutting and
patching is to be performed before cutting. If unsafe or unsatisfactory conditions
are encountered, take corrective action before proceeding.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Temporary Support: Provide temporary support of work to be cut.
B. Protection: Protect existing construction during cutting and patching to prevent
damage. Provide protection from adverse weather conditions for portions of the
Project that might be exposed during cutting and patching operations.
C. Avoid interference with use of adjoining areas or interruption of free passage to
adjoining areas.
D. Avoid cutting existing pipe, conduit, or ductwork serving the building but
scheduled to be removed or relocated until provisions have been made to bypass
them.
3.3 PERFORMANCE
r
A. General: Employ skilled workmen to perform cutting and patching. Proceed with
cutting and patching at the earliest feasible time and complete without delay.
r-
i
r�
i
LMCC
FIRE CODE UPGRADE SECTION 01045
LUBBOCK, TEXAS CUTTING AND PATCHING 01045-4 —`
J
1. Cut existing construction to provide for installation of other components
or performance of other construction activities and the subsequent fitting
and patching required to restore surfaces to their original condition.
B. Cutting: Cut existing construction using methods least likely to damage elements
retained or adjoining construction. Where possible, review proposed procedures
with the original Installer; comply with the original Installer's recommendations.
1. In general, where cutting, use hand or small power tools designed for
sawing or grinding, not hammering and chopping. Cut holes and slots as
small as possible, neatly to size required, and with minimum disturbance
of adjacent surfaces. Temporarily cover openings when not in use.
2. To avoid marring existing finished surfaces, cut or drill from the exposed
or finished side into concealed surfaces.
3. Cut through concrete and masonry using a cutting machine, such as a
Carborundum saw or a diamond -core drill.
4. Comply with requirements of applicable Division 2 Sections where cutting
and patching requires excavating and backfilling.
C. Patching: Patch with durable seams that are as invisible as possible. Comply
with specified tolerances. _
1. Where feasible, inspect and test patched areas to demonstrate integrity of
the installation. _
2. Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and extend finish restoration
into retained adjoining construction in a manner that will eliminate _
evidence of patching and refinishing.
a. Where patching occurs in a smooth painted surface, extend final _
paint coat over entire unbroken surface containing the patch after .
the area has received primer and second coat.
3. Patch, repair, or rehang existing ceilings as necessary to provide an even -
plane surface of uniform appearance.
11
LMCC
FIRE CODE UPGRADE
LUBBOCK, TEXAS
SECTION 01045
CUTTING AND PATCHING
01045-5
3.4 CLEANING
A. Clean areas and spaces where cutting and patching are performed. Completely
remove paint, mortar, oils, putty, and similar items. Thoroughly clean piping,
conduit, and similar features before applying paint or other finishing materials.
Restore damaged pipe covering to its original condition.
END OF SECTION
LMCC
FIRE CODE UPGRADE
LUBBOCK, TEXAS
SECTION 01300
SUBMITTALS
PART 1— GENERAL
01300-1
1.1 RELATEDDOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to
this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for submittals
required for performance of the Work, including the following:
1. Contractor's construction schedule.
2. Submittal schedule.
3. Shop drawings.
4. Product data.
5. Samples.
6. Quality assurance submittals.
B. Administrative Submittals: Refer to other Division 1 Sections and other Contract
Documents for requirements for administrative submittals.
C. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this
Section:
1. Division 1 Section "Applications for Payment" specifies requirements for
submittal of the Schedule of Values.
2. Division 1 Section "Quality Control" specifies requirements for submittal
of inspection and test reports.
3. Division 1 Section "Contract Closeout" specifies requirements for
submittal of Project Record Documents and warranties at project closeout.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Field samples are full-size physical examples erected on -site to illustrate finishes,
coatings, or finish materials. Field samples are used to establish the standard by
which the Work will be judged.
LMCC
FIRE CODE UPGRADE SECTION 01300
LUBBOCK, TEXAS SUBMITTALS 01300-2
1.4 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
A. Coordination: Coordinate preparation and processing of submittals with
performance of construction activities. Transmit each submittal sufficiently in
advance of performance of related construction activities to avoid delay.
1. Coordinate each submittal with fabrication, purchasing, testing, delivery,
other submittals, and related activities that require sequential activity.
2. Coordinate transmittal of different types of submittals for related elements
of the Work so processing will not be delayed by the need to review
submittals concurrently for coordination.
a. The Engineer reserves the right to withhold action on a submittal
requiring coordination with other, submittals until all related
submittals are received.
3. Processing: To avoid the need to delay installation as a result of the time
required to process submittals, allow sufficient time for submittal review,
including time for resubmittals.
a. Allow 2 weeks for initial review. Allow, additional time if the
Engineer must delay processing to permit coordination with
subsequent submittals.
b. No extension of Contract Time will be authorized because of
failure to transmit submittals to the Engineer sufficiently in
advance of the Work to permit processing.
B. Submittal Transmittal: Package each submittal appropriately for transmittal and
handling. Transmit each submittal from the Contractor to the Engineer using a
transmittal form. The Engineer will not accept submittals received from sources
other than the Contractor.
1. On the transmittal, record relevant information and requests for data. On
the form, or separate sheet, record deviations from Contract Document
requirements, including variations and limitations. Include Contractor's
certification that information complies with Contract Document
requirements.
1.5 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE
A. Bar -Chart Schedule: Prepare a fully developed, horizontal bar -chart -type,
contractor's construction schedule. Submit within 30 days after the date
established for "Commencement of the Work."
M
LMCC
FIRE CODE UPGRADE SECTION 01300
LUBBOCK, TEXAS SUBMITTALS 01300-3
1. Provide a separate time bar for each significant construction activity.
Provide a continuous vertical line to identify the first working day of each
week. Use the same breakdown of units of the Work as indicated in the
"Schedule of Values."
2. Within each time bar, indicate estimated completion percentage in 10
percent increments. As Work progresses, place a contrasting mark in each
bar to indicate Actual Completion.
3. Prepare the schedule on a sheet, or series of sheets, of stable transparency,
or other reproducible media, of sufficient width to show data for the entire
construction period.
4. Secure time commitments for performing critical elements of the Work
from parties involved. Coordinate each element on the schedule with
other construction activities; include minor elements involved in the
sequence of the work. Show each activity in proper sequence. Indicate
graphically the sequences necessary for completion of related portions of
the Work.
5. Coordinate the Contractor's Construction Schedule with the Schedule of
Values, list of subcontracts, Submittal Schedule, progress reports, payment
requests, and other schedules.
6. Indicate completion in advance of the date established for Substantial
Completion. Indicate Substantial Completion on the schedule to allow
time for the Engineer's procedures necessary for certification of
Substantial Completion.
B. Distribution: Following response to the initial submittal, print and distribute
copies to the Engineer, Owner, subcontractors, and other parties required to
comply with scheduled dates.
1. When revisions are made, distribute to the same parties and post in the
same locations. Delete parties from distribution when they have
completed their assigned portion of the Work and are no longer involved
in construction activities.
C. Schedule Updating: Review the schedule after each meeting, event, or activity
where revisions have been recognized or made. Issue the updated schedule
concurrently with the report of each meeting.
r
LMCC
FIRE CODE UPGRADE
LUBBOCK, TEXAS
SECTION 01300
SUBMITTALS
01300-4
1.6 SUBMITTAL SCHEDULE
A. After development and acceptance of the Contractor's Construction Schedule,
prepare a complete schedule of submittals. Submit the schedule within 10 days of
the date required for submittal of the Contractor's Construction Schedule.
1. Coordinate Submittal Schedule with the list of subcontracts, Schedule of
Values, and the list of products as well as the Contractor's Construction
Schedule.
2. Prepare the schedule in chronological order. Provide the following
information:
a. Schedule date for the first submittal.
b. Related Section number.
C. Submittal category (Shop Drawings, Product Data, or Samples).
d. Name of the subcontractor.
e. Description of the part of the Work covered.
f. Scheduled date for re -submittal.
g. Scheduled date for the Engineer's final release or approval.
B. Distribution: Following response to the initial submittal, print and distribute
copies to the Engineer, Owner, subcontractors, and other parties required to
comply with submittal dates indicted.
1. When revisions are made, distribute to the same parties and post in the
same locations. Delete parties from distribution when they have
completed their assigned portion of the Work and are no longer involved
in construction activities.
C. Schedule Updating: Review the schedule after each meeting or activity where
revisions have been recognized or made. Issue the updated schedule concurrently
with the report of each meeting.
1.7 SHOP DRAWINGS
A. Submit newly prepared information drawn accurately to scale. Highlight,
encircle, or otherwise indicate deviations from the Contract Documents. Do not
reproduce Contract Documents or copy standard information as the basis of Shop
Drawings. Standard information prepared without specific reference to the
Project is not a Shop Drawing.
B. Show Drawings include fabrication and installation Drawings, setting diagrams,
schedules, patterns, templates and similar Drawings. Include the following
information:
MR
LMCC
FIRE CODE UPGRADE SECTION 01300
LUBBOCK, TEXAS SUBMITTALS 01300-5
1. Dimensions.
2. Identification of products and materials included by sheet and detail
number.
3. Compliance with specified standards.
4. Notation of coordination requirements.
5. Notation of dimensions established by field measurement.
6. Sheet Size: Except for templates, patterns and similar full-size Drawings,
submit Shop Drawings on sheets at least 8-1/2 by 11 inches (215 by 280
mm) but no larger than 36 by 48 inches (890 by 1220 mm).
7. Initial Submittal: Submit 2 blue- or black -line prints for the Engineer's
review. The Engineer will return one print.
8. Final Submittal: Submit 3 blue- or black -line prints; submit 5 prints where
required for maintenance manuals. The Engineer will retain 2 prints and
return the remainder.
9. Do not use Shop Drawings without an appropriate final stamp indicating
action taken.
1.8 PRODUCT DATA
r
A. Collect Product Data into a single submittal for each element of construction or
` ' system. Product Data includes printed information, such as manufacturer's
installation instructions, catalog cuts, standard color charts, roughing -in diagrams
and templates, standard wiring diagrams, and performance curves.
1. Mark each copy to show applicable choices and options. Where printed
rProduct Data includes information on several products that are not
required, mark copies to indicate the applicable information. Include the
r M following information:
I
s a. Manufacturer's printed recommendations.
b. Compliance with trade association standards.
C. Compliance with recognized testing agency standards.
d. Application of testing agency labels and seals.
e. Material Safety Data sheets with assurance of no asbestos
containing materials.
f. Notation of dimensions verified by field measurement.
g. Notation of coordination requirements.
1
LMCC
FIRE CODE UPGRADE
LUBBOCK, TEXAS
SECTION 01300
SUBMITTALS
01300-6
2. Do not submit Product Data until compliance with requirements of the
Contract Documents has been confirmed.
3. Preliminary Submittal: Submit a preliminary single copy of Product Data
where selection of options is required.
4. Submittals: Submit 2 copies of each required submittal; submit 4 copies
where required for maintenance manuals. The Engineer will retain one
and will return the other marked with action taken and corrections or
modifications required.
a. Unless noncompliance with Contract Document provisions is
observed, the submittal may serve as the final submittal.
5. Distribution: Furnish copies of final submittal to installers,
subcontractors, suppliers, manufacturers, fabricators, and others required
for performance of construction activities. Show distribution on
transmittal forms.
a. Do no proceed with installation until a copy of Product Data is in
the Installer's possession.
b. Do not permit use of unmarked copies of Product Data in
connection with construction.
1.9 SAMPLES
A. Submit full-size, fully fabricated Samples cured and finished as specified and
physically identical with the material or product proposed. Samples include
partial sections of manufactured or fabricated components, cuts or containers of
materials, color range sets, and swatches showing color, texture, and pattern.
1. Mount or display Samples in the manner to facilitate review of qualities
indicated. Prepare Samples to match the Engineer's sample. Include the
following:
a. Specification Section number and reference.
b. Generic description of the Sample.
C. Sample source.
d. Product name or name of the manufacturer.
e. Compliance with recognized standards.
f. Availability and delivery time.
2. Submit Samples for review of size, kind, color, pattern, and texture.
Submit Samples for a final check of these characteristics with other
LMCC
FIRE CODE UPGRADE SECTION 01300
LUBBOCK, TEXAS SUBMITTALS 01300-7
elements and a comparison of these characteristics between the final
submittal and the actual component as delivered and installed.
a. Where variation in color, pattern, texture, or other characteristic is
inherent in the material or produce represented, submit at least 3
multiple units that show approximate limits of the variations.
3. Preliminary Submittals: Submit a full set of choices where Samples are
submitted for selection of color, pattern, texture, or similar characteristics
from a range of standard choices.
a. The Engineer will review and return preliminary submittals with
i, the Engineer's notation, indicating selection and other action.
r" 4. Submittals: Except for Samples illustrating assembly details,
workmanship, fabrication techniques, connections, operation, and similar
characteristics, submit 1 set.
a. Unless noncompliance with Contract Document provisions is
observed, the submittal may serve as the final submittal.
b. Sample sets may be used to obtain final acceptance of the
construction associated with each set.
B. Distribution of Samples: Prepare and distribute additional sets to subcontractors,
manufacturers, fabricators, suppliers, installers, and others as required for
performance of the Work. Show distributionon transmittal forms.
1.10 QUALITY ASSURANCE SUBMITTALS
A. Submit quality -control submittals, including design data, certifications,
manufacturer's instructions, manufacturer's field reports, and other quality -
control submittals as required under other Sections of the Specifications.
B. Certifications: Where other Sections of the Specifications require certification
that a product, material, or installation complies with specified requirements,
submit a notarized certification from the manufacturer certifying compliance with
specified requirements.
1. Signature: Certification shall be signed by an officer of the manufacturer
or other individual authorized to sign documents on behalf of the
company.
C. inspection and Test Reports: Requirements for submittal of inspection and test
reports from independent testing agencies are specified in Division 1 Section
"Quality Control."
r
F
LMCC
FIRE CODE UPGRADE SECTION 01300
LUBBOCK, TEXAS SUBMITTALS 01300-8 1
1.11 ENGINEER'S ACTION
A. Except for submittals for the 'record of information, where action and return is
required, the Engineer will review each submittal, mark to indicate action taken,
and return promptly.
1. Compliance with specified characteristics is the Contractor's
responsibility.
B. Action Stamp: The Engineer will stamp each submittal with a uniform, action
stamp. The Engineer will mark the stamp appropriately to indicate the action
taken as follows: —
1. Final Unrestricted Release: When the Engineer marks a submittal
"Approved," the Work covered by the submittal may proceed provided it
complies with requirements of the Contract Documents. Final payment
depends on that compliance.
2. Final -But -Restricted Release: When the Engineer marks a submittal
"Approved as Noted," the Work covered by the submittal may proceed
provided it complies with notations or corrections on the submittal and
requirements of the Contract Documents. Final payment depends on that
compliance.
3. Returned for Resubmittal: When the Engineer marks a submittal "Not
Approved", Revise and Resubmit," do not proceed with Work covered by
the submittal, including purchasing, fabrication, delivery, or other activity. �=
Revise or prepare a new submittal according to the notations; resubmit
without delay. Repeat if necessary to obtain different action mark.
4. Other Action: Where a submittal is for information or record purposes or
special processing or other activity, the Engineer will return the submittal
marked "Action Not Required."
PART 2 —PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) ,
PART 3 — EXECUTION (Not Applicable) —
END OF SECTION
r
LMCC
FIRE CODE UPGRADE
LUBBOCK, TEXAS
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
SECTION 01400
QUALITY CONTROL
PART 1— GENERAL
01400-1
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to
this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for quality -
control services.
B. Quality -control services include inspections, tests, and related actions, including
reports performed by Contractor, by independent agencies, and by governing
authorities. They do not include contract enforcement activities performed by
Engineer.
C. Inspection and testing services are required to verify compliance with
requirements specified or indicated. These services do not relieve Contractor of
responsibility for compliance with Contract Document requirements.
D. Requirements of this Section relate to customized fabrication and installation
procedures, not production of standard products.
1. Specific quality -control requirements for individual construction activities
are specified in the Sections that specify those activities. Requirements in
those Sections may also cover production of standard products.
2. Specified inspections, test, and related actions do not limit Contractor's
quality -control procedures that facilitate compliance with Contract
Document requirements.
3. Requirements for Contractor to provide quality -control services required
by Engineer, Owner, or authorities having jurisdiction are not limited by
provisions of this Section.
E. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this
PM Section:
1. Division 1 Section "Cutting and Patching" specifies requirements for repair and
restoration of construction disturbed by inspection and testing activities.
u .
G 2. Division 1 Section "Submittals" specifies requirements for development of a
r
schedule of required tests and inspections.
1
LMCC
FIRE CODE UPGRADE
LUBBOCK, TEXAS
1.3 RESPONSIBILITIES
SECTION 01400
QUALITY CONTROL
01400-2
A. Contractor Responsibilities: Unless otherwise indicated as the responsibility of
another identified entity, Contractor shall provide inspections, tests, and other
quality -control services specified elsewhere in the Contract Documents and
required by authorities having jurisdiction. Costs for these services are included
in the Contract Sum.
1. Where individual Sections specifically indicate that certain inspections,
tests, and other quality -control services are the Owner's responsibility, the
Owner will employ and pay a qualified independent testing agency to
perform those services.
B. Retesting: The Contractor is responsible for retesting where results of
inspections, tests, or other quality -control services prove unsatisfactory and
indicate noncompliance with Contract Document requirements, regardless of
whether the original test was Contractor's responsibility.
1. The cost of retesting construction, revised or replaced by the Contractor, is
the Contractor's responsibility where required tests performed on original
construction indicated noncompliance with Contract Document
requirements.
C. Associated Services: Cooperate with agencies performing required inspections,
test, and similar services, and provide reasonable auxiliary services as requested.
Notify the agency sufficiently in advance of operations to permit assignment of
personnel Auxiliary services required include, but are not limited to, the
following:
1. Provide access to the Work.
2. Furnish incidental labor and facilities necessary to facilitate inspections
and tests.
3. Take adequate quantities of representative samples of materials that
require testing or assist the agency in taking samples.
4. Provide facilities for storage and curing of test samples.
5. Deliver samples to testing laboratories.
6. Provide the agency with a preliminary design mix proposed for use for
materials mixes that require control by the testing agency.
LMCC
FIRE CODE UPGRADE SECTION 01400
LUBBOCK, TEXAS QUALITY CONTROL 01400-3
7. Provide security and protection of samples and test equipment at the
Project Site.
D. Coordination: Coordinate the sequence of activities to accommodate required
services with a minimum of delay. Coordinate activities to avoid the necessity of
removing and replacing construction to accommodate inspections and tests.
1. The Contractor is responsible for scheduling times for inspections, tests,
taking samples, and similar activities.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Unless the Contractor is responsible for this service, the independent testing
agency shall submit a certified written report, in duplicate, of each inspection,
test, or similar service to the Engineer. If the Contractor is responsible for the
service, submit a certified written report, in duplicate, of each inspection, test, or
similar service through the Contractor.
1. Submit additional copies of each written report directly to the governing
authority, when the authority so directs.
2. Report Data: Written reports of each inspection, test, or similar service
include, but are not limited to, the following:
a. Date of issue.
b. Project title and number.
C. Name, address, and telephone number of testing agency.
d. Dates and locations of samples and tests or inspections.
e. Names of individuals making the inspection or test.
f. Designation of the Work and test method.
g. Identification of product and Specification Section.
h. Complete inspection or test data.
i. Test results and an interpretation of test results.
j. Ambient conditions at the time of sample taking and testing.
k. Comments or professional opinion on whether inspected or tested
Work complies with Contract Document requirements.
1. Name and signature of laboratory inspector.
M. Recommendations on retesting.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Qualifications for Service Agencies: Engage inspection and testing service
agencies, including independent testing laboratories, that are pre -qualified as
complying with the American Council of Independent Laboratories'
F
LMCC
FIRE CODE UPGRADE
LUBBOCK, TEXAS
SECTION 01400
QUALITY CONTROL 01400-4
"Recommended Requirements for Independent Laboratory Qualification" and that
specialize in the types of inspections and tests to be performed.
1. Each independent inspection and testing agency engaged on the Project
shall be authorized by authorities having jurisdiction to operate in the state
where the Project is located.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable)
PART 3 — EXECUTION
3.1 REPAIR AND PROTECTION
A. General: Upon completion of inspection, testing, sample taking and similar
services, repair damaged construction and restore substrates and finishes. Comply
with Contract Document requirements for Division 1 Section "Cutting and
Patching."
B. Protect construction exposed by or for quality -control service activities, and
protect repaired construction.
C. Repair and protection is Contractor's responsibility, regardless of the assignment
of responsibility for inspection, testing, or similar services.
END OF SECTION
LMCC SECTION 01500
r FIRE CODE UPGRADE CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES
I LUBBOCK, TEXAS AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS 01500-1
PART 1- GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
k
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
j� Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to
this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes requirements for construction facilities and temporary
controls, including temporary utilities, support facilities, and security and
protection.
B. Support facilities include, but are not limited to, the following:
1.
Field offices and storage sheds.
2.
Temporary enclosures.
3.
Hoists and temporary elevator use.
4.
Waste disposal services.
5.
Rodent and pest control.
6.
'Construction aids and miscellaneous services and facilities.
C. Security and protection facilities include, but are not limited to, the following:
1.
Temporary fire protection.
2.
Barricades, warning signs, and lights.
3.
Environmental protection.
4.
Temporary dust enclosures.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
1.4
A. Implementation and Termination Schedule: Within 15 days of the date
established for commencement of the Work, submit a schedule indicating
implementation and termination of each temporary utility.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
Regulations: Comply with industry standards and applicable laws and regulations
of authorities having jurisdiction including, but not limited to, the following:
A.
1. Building code requirements.
2. Health and safety regulations.
3. Utility company regulations.
4. Police, fire department, and rescue squad rules.
r
LMCC SECTION 01500
FIRE CODE UPGRADE CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES ,
LUBBOCK, TEXAS AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS 01500-2 ,
1
5. Environmental protection regulations.
B. Standards: Comply with NFPA 241 "Standard for Safeguarding Construction,
Alterations, and Demolition Operations," ANSI A10 Series standards for "Safety
Requirements for Construction and Demolition," and NECA Electrical Design
Library "Temporary Electrical Facilities." --
1. Electrical Service: Comply with NEMA, NECA, and UL standards and
regulations for temporary electric service. Install service in compliance
with NFPA 70 "National Electric Code."
C. Inspections: Arrange for authorities having jurisdiction to inspect and test each
temporary utility before use. Obtain required certifications and permits.
1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Temporary Utilities: Prepare a schedule indicating dates for implementation and
termination of each temporary utility. At the earliest feasible time, when
acceptable to the Owner, change over from use of temporary service to use of
permanent service.
B. Conditions of Use: Keep temporary services and facilities clean and neat in
appearance. Operate in a safe and efficient manner. Relocate temporary services
and facilities as the Work progresses. Do not overload facilities or permit them to
interfere with progress. Take necessary fire -prevention measures. Do not allow
hazardous, dangerous, or unsanitary conditions, or, public nuisances to develop or
persist on -site.
PART 2 — PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. General: Provide new materials. If acceptable to the Engineer, the Contractor
may use undamaged, previously used materials in serviceable condition. Provide
materials suitable for use intended.
B. Tarpaulins: Provide waterproof, fire-resistant, UL-labeled tarpaulins with flame -
spread rating of 15 or less. For temporary enclosures, provide translucent, nylon -
reinforced, laminated polyethylene or polyvinyl chloride, fire -retardant tarpaulins.
2.2 EQUIPMENT
A. General: Provide new equipment. If acceptable to the Engineer, the Contractor
may use undamaged, previously used equipment in serviceable condition.
Provide equipment suitable for use intended.
F
LMCC
FIRE CODE UPGRADE
LUBBOCK., TEXAS
SECTION 01500
CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES
AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS
01500-3
B. Water Hoses: Provide %-inch (19-mm), heavy-duty, abrasion -resistant, flexible
rubber hoses 100 feet (30-m) long, with pressure rating greater than the maximum
pressure of the water distribution system. Provide adjustable shutoff nozzles at
hose discharge.
C. Electrical Outlets: Provide properly configured, NEMA-polarized outlets to
prevent insertion of 110- to 120-Volt plugs into higher voltage outlets. Provide
receptacle outlets equipped with ground -fault circuit interrupters, reset button, and
pilot light for connection of power tools and equipment.
D. Electrical Power Cords: Provide grounded extension cords. Use hard -service
cords where exposed to abrasion and traffic. Provide waterproof connectors to
connect separate lengths of electric cords if single lengths will not reach areas
where construction activities are in progress. Do not exceed safe length -voltage
ratio.
E. Lamps and Light Fixtures: Provide general service incandescent lamps of
wattage required for adequate illumination. Provide guard cages or tempered -
glass enclosures where exposed to breakage. Provide exterior fixtures where
exposed to moisture.
PART 3 — EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Use qualified personnel for installation of temporary facilities. Locate facilities
where they will serve the Project adequately and result in minimum interference
with performance of the work. Relocate and modify facilities as required.
B. Provide each facility ready for use when needed to avoid delay. Maintain and
J, modify as required. Do not remove until facilities are no longer needed or are
replaced by authorized use of completed permanent facilities.
r-
3.2 TEMPORARY UTILITY INSTALLATION
A. General: Engage the appropriate local utility company and/or the LMCC
maintenance staff to install temporary service or connect to existing service.
Where company provides only part of the service, provide the remainder with
matching, compatible materials and equipment. Comply with company or staff
recommendations.
r., 1. Arrange with company and existing users for a time when service can be
interrupted, if necessary, to make connections for temporary services.
G
r
LMCC SECTION 01500
FIRE CODE UPGRADE CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES
LUBBOCK, TEXAS AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS 01500-4
2. Provide adequate capacity at each stage of construction. Prior to
temporary utility availability, provide trucked -in services.
3. Use Charges: Cost or use charges for temporary facilities are not
chargeable to the Owner or Engineer. Neither the Owner nor Engineer
will accept cost or use charges as a basis of claims for Change Orders.
B. Temporary Lighting: When overhead floor or roof deck has been installed,
provide temporary lighting with local switching.
Install and operate temporary lighting that will fulfill security and
protection requirements without operating the entire system. Provide
temporary lighting that will provide adequate illumination for construction
operations and traffic conditions.
C. Toilets: Use of the Owner's existing toilet facilities will be permitted, so long as
facilities are cleaned and maintained in a condition acceptable to the Owner. At
Substantial Completion, restore these facilities to the condition prevalent at the
time of initial use.
3.3 SUPPORT FACILITIES INSTALLATION
A. Locate field offices, storage sheds, and other temporary construction and support
facilities (if any) for easy access.
Maintain support facilities until near Substantial Completion. Remove
prior to Substantial Completion. Personnel remaining after Substantial
Completion will be permitted to use permanent facilities, under conditions
acceptable to the Owner.
B. Collection and Disposal of Waste: Collect waste from construction areas and
elsewhere daily. Comply with requirements of NFPA 241 for removal of
combustible waste material and debris. Enforce requirements strictly. Do not
hold materials more than 7 days during normal weather or 3 days when the
temperature is expected to rise above 80 deg F (27 deg Q. Handle hazardous,
dangerous, or unsanitary waste materials separately from other waste by
containerizing properly. Dispose of material lawfully.
3.4 SECURITY AND PROTECTION FACILITIES INSTALLATION
A. Except for use of permanent fire protection as soon as available, do not change
over from use of temporary security and protection facilities to permanent
facilities until Substantial Completion, or longer, as requested by the Engineer.
_J
r
LMCC SECTION 01500
FIRE CODE UPGRADE CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES
LUBBOCK, TEXAS AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS
01500-5
B. Temporary Fire Protection: Until fire -protection needs are supplied by permanent
facilities, install and maintain temporary fire -protection facilities of the types
needed to protect against reasonably predictable and controllable fire losses.
Comply with NFPA 10 "Standard for Portable Fire Extinguishers" and NFPA 241
"Standard for Safeguarding Construction, Alterations, and Demolition Operations.
Locate fire extinguishers where convenient and effective for their intended
purpose, but not less than one extinguisher on each floor at or near each
usable stairwell
2. Store combustible materials in containers in fire -safe locations.
3. Maintain unobstructed access to fire extinguishers, fire hydrants,
temporary fire -protection facilities, stairways, and other access routes for
fighting fires. Prohibit smoking in hazardous fire -exposure areas.
4. Provide supervision of welding operations, combustion -type temporary
heating units, and similar sources of fire ignition.
C. Permanent Fire Protection: At the earliest feasible date in each area of the
Project, complete installation of the permanent fire -protection facility, including
connected services, and place into operation and use. Instruct key personnel on
use of facilities.
D. Barricades, Warning Signs, and Lights: Comply with standards and code
requirements for erection of structurally adequate barricades. Paint when
appropriate colors, graphics, and warning signs to inform personnel and the public
of the hazard being protected against. Where appropriate and needed, provide
lighting, including flashing red or amber lights.
E. Security Enclosure and Lockup: Install substantial temporary enclosure of
partially completed areas of construction. Provide locking entrances to prevent
unauthorized entrance, vandalism, theft, and similar violations of security.
1. Storage: Where materials and equipment must be stored, and are of value
or attractive for theft, provide a secure lockup. Enforce discipline in
connection with the installation and release of material to minimize the
opportunity for theft and vandalism.
F. Environmental Protection: Provide protection, operate temporary facilities, and
conduct construction in ways and by methods that comply with environmental
regulations, and minimize the possibility that air, waterways, and subsoil might be
contaminated or polluted or that other undesirable effects might result. Avoid use
of tools and equipment that produce harmful noise. Restrict use of noise -making
LMCC
FIRE CODE UPGRADE
LUBBOCK, TEXAS
SECTION 01500
CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES
AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS
01500-6 —�
I
�I
tools and equipment to hours that will minimize complaints from persons or firms
near the site.
G. Provide temporary dust control enclosures during construction to confine dust to
immediate area of construction. Construct enclosures so as to permit pedestrian
traffic around the enclosure during construction.
3.5 OPERATION, TERMINATION, AND REMOVAL
A. Supervision: Enforce strict discipline in use of temporary facilities. Limit
availability of temporary facilities to essential and intended uses to minimize
waste and abuse.
B. Maintenance: Maintain facilities in good operating condition until removal.
Protect from damage by freezing temperatures and similar elements.
1. Maintain operation of temporary enclosures, heating, cooling, humidity
control, ventilation, and similar facilities on a 24-hour basis where
required to achieve indicated results and to avoid possibility of damage.
2. Protection: Prevent water -filled piping from freezing. Maintain markers
for underground lines. Protect from damage during excavation operations.
C. Termination and Removal: Unless the Engineer requests that it be maintained
longer, remove each temporary facility when the need has ended, when replaced
by authorized use of a permanent facility, or no later than Substantial Completion.
Complete or, if necessary, restore permanent construction that may have been
delayed because of interference with the temporary facility. Repair damaged
Work, clean exposed surfaces, and replace construction that cannot be
satisfactorily repaired.
1. Materials and facilities that constitute temporary facilities are the
Contractor's property. The Owner reserves the right to take possession of
project identification signs.
2. At Substantial Completion, clean and renovate permanent facilities used
during the construction period including, but not limited to, the following:
a. Replace air filters and clean inside of ductwork and housings.
b. Replace lamps burned out or noticeably dimmed by hours of use.
END OF SECTION
I-
LMCC
FIRE CODE UPGRADE SECTION 01541
LUBBOCK, TEXAS PROTECTION OF INSTALLED WORK 01541-1
PART 1— GENERAL
1.1 PROTECTION AFTER INSTALLATION
A. Protect installed products and control traffic in immediate area to prevent damage
from subsequent operations.
B. Provide protective coverings at walls, projections, corners, and jambs, sills, and
soffits of openings in and adjacent to traffic areas.
C. Cover walls and floors of elevator cabs, and jambs of cab doors, when elevators
are used by construction personnel.
D. Protect finished floors and stairs from dirt, wear, and damage:
1. Secure heavy sheet goods or similar protective materials in place, in areas
subject to foot traffic.
2. Lay planking or similar rigid materials in place, in areas subject to
movement of heavy objects.
3. Lay planking or similar rigid materials in place, in areas where storage of
products will occur.
E. Protect waterproofed and roofed surfaces:
1. Restrict use of surfaces for traffic of any kind, and for storage of products.
2. When an activity is mandatory, obtain recommendations for protection of
surfaces from (installer) (manufacturer). Install protection and remove on
completion of activity. Restrict use of adjacent unprotected areas.
F. Restrict traffic of any kind across planted lawn and landscape areas.
END OF SECTION
LMCC
FIRE CODE UPGRADE SECTION 01600
LUBBOCK, TEXAS MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT 01600-1
PART 1— GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and other Division i Specification Sections, apply to
this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements governing the
Contractor's selection of products for use in the Project.
B. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this
Section:
1. Division 1 Section "Submittals" specifies requirements for submittal of
the Contractor's Construction Schedule and the Submittal Schedule.
2. Division 1 Section "Substitutions" specifies administrative procedures for
handling requests for substitutions made after award of the Contract.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Definitions used in this Article are not intended to change the meaning of other
terms used in the Contract Documents, such as "specialties," "systems,"
"structure," "finishes," "accessories," and similar terms. Such terms are self-
explanatory and have well -recognized meanings in the construction industry.
1. "Products" are items purchased for incorporation in the Work, whether
purchased for the Project or taken from previously purchased stock. The
term "product" includes the terms "material," "equipment," "system," and
terms of similar intent.
a. "Named Products" are items identified by the manufacturer's
product name, including make or model number or other
designation, shown or listed in the manufacturer's published
product literature, that is current as of the date of the Contract
Document.
2. "Materials" are products substantially shaped, cut, worked, mixed,
finished, refined or otherwise fabricated, processed, or installed to form a
part of the Work.
LMCC
FIRE CODE UPGRADE SECTION 01600 _
LUBBOCK, TEXAS MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT 01600-2
"Equipment" is a ro product with operational arts whether motorized r
3.p d p p o onzed o
manually operated, that requires service connections, such as wiring or
piping
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Product List: Prepare a list showing products specified in tabular form acceptable
to the Engineer. Include generic names of products required. Include the
manufacturer's name and proprietary product names for each item listed. —
1. Coordinate product list with the Contractor's Construction Schedule and
the Schedule of Submittals. y
2. Form: Prepare product list with information on each item tabulated under
the following column headings: —
a. Related Specification Section number.
b. Generic name used in Contract Documents. C. Proprietary name, model number, and similar designations.
d. Manufacturer's name and address.
e. Supplier's name and address.
f. Installer's name and address.
g. Projected delivery date or time span of delivery period.
3. Initial Submittal: Within 30 days after date of commencement of the
Work, submit 3 copies of an initial product list. Provide a written
explanation for omissions of data and for known variations from Contract
requirements.
a. At the Contractor's option, the initial submittal may be limited to
product selections and designations that must be established early
in the Contract period.
4. Completed List: Within 60 days after date of commencement of the
Work, submit 3 copies of the completed product list. Provide a written
explanation for omissions of data and known variations from Contract
requirements.
5. Engineer's Action: The Engineer will respond in writing to Contractor
within 2 weeks of receipt of the completed product list. No response
within this period constitutes no objection to listed manufacturers or
products but does not constitute a waiver of the requirement that products
comply with Contract Documents. The Engineer" response will include a
list of unacceptable product selections, containing a brief explanation of
reasons for this action. —
LMCC
FIRE CODE UPGRADE SECTION 01600
LUBBOCK, TEXAS MATEk ALS AND EQUIPMENT 01600-3
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Source Limitations: To the fullest extent possible, provide products of the same
kind from a single source.
1. When specified products are available only from sources that do not, or
cannot, produce a quantity adequate to complete project requirements in a
timely manner, consult with Engineer to determine the most important
product qualities before proceeding. Qualities may include attributes,
such as visual appearance, strength, durability, or compatibility. When a
determination has been made, select products from sources producing
products that possess these qualities, to the fullest extent possible.
B. Compatibility of Options: When the Contractor is given the option of selecting
between 2 or more products for use on the Project, the product selected shall be
compatible with products previously selected, even if previously selected products
were also options.
C. Nameplates: Except for required labels and operating data, do not attach or
imprint manufacturer's or producer's nameplates or trademarks on exposed
surfaces of products that will be exposed to view in occupied spaces or on the
exterior.
1. Labels: Locate required product labels and stamps on concealed surfaces
or, where required for observations after installation, on accessible
surfaces that are not conspicuous.
1.6 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver, store, and handle products according to the manufacturer's
recommendations, using means and methods that will prevent damage,
deterioration, and loss, including theft.
1. Schedule delivery to minimize long-term storage at the site and to prevent
overcrowding of construction spaces.
2. Coordinate delivery with installation time to assure minimum holding time
for items that are flammable, hazardous, easily damaged, or sensitive to
deterioration, theft, and other losses.
3. Deliver products to the site in an undamaged condition in the
manufacturer's original sealed container or other packaging system,
complete with labels and instructions for handling, storing, unpacking,
protecting, and installing.
LMCC
FIRE CODE UPGRADE SECTION 01600
LUBBOCK, TEXAS MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT 01600-4 —�
4. Inspect products upon delivery to ensure compliance with the Contract
Documents and to ensure that products are undamaged and properly
protected. —'
5. Store products at the site in a manner that will facilitate inspection and
measurement of quantity or counting of units.
6. Store heavy materials away from the Project structure in a manner that
will not endanger the supporting construction. —
7. Store products subject to damage by the elements above ground, under
cover in a weather -tight enclosure, with ventilation adequate to prevent —
condensation. Maintain temperature and humidity within range required
by manufacturer's instructions.
PART 2 — PRODUCTS
2.1 PRODUCT SELECTION
A. General Product Requirements: Provide products that comply with the Contract
Documents, that are undamaged and, unless otherwise indicated, new at the time
of installation.
1. Provide products complete with accessories, trim, finish, safety guards, _
and other devices and details needed for a complete installation and the
intended use and effect.
2. Standard Products: Where available, provide standard products of types r
that have been produced and used successfully in similar situations on
other projects.
B. Product Selection Procedures: The Contract Documents and governing
regulations govern product selection. Procedures governing product selection _
include the following:
1. Semiproprietary Specification Requirements: Where Specifications name
2 or more products or manufacturers, provide 1 of the products indicated.
No substitutions will be permitted.
2. Descriptive Specification Requirements. Where Specifications describe a
product or assembly, listing exact characteristics required, with or without
use of a brand or trade name, provide a product or assembly that provides
the characteristics and otherwise complies with Contract requirements.
LMCC
FIRE CODE UPGRADE SECTION 01600
LUBBOCK, TEXAS MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT 01600-5
3. Performance Specification Requirements. Where Specifications require
compliance with performance requirements, provide products that comply
with these requirements and are recommended by the manufacturer for the
application indicated.
a. Manufacturer's recommendations may be contained in published
product literature or by the manufacturer's certification of
performance.
4. Compliance with Standards, Codes, and Regulations: Where
Specifications only require compliance with an imposed code, standard, or
regulation, select a product that complies with the standards, codes, or
regulations specified.
5. Visual Matching: Where Specifications require matching an established
Sample, the Engineer's decision will be final on whether a proposed
product matches satisfactorily.
a. Where no product available within the specified category matches
satisfactorily and complies with other specified requirements,
comply with provisions of the Contract Documents concerning
"substitutions" for selection of a matching product in another
product category.
6. Visual Selection: Where specified product requirements include the
phrase "... as selected from manufacturer's standard colors, patterns,
textures ..." or a similar phrase, select a product and manufacturer that
complies with other specified requirements. The Engineer will select the
color, pattern, and texture from the product line selected.
PART 3 — EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION OF PRODUCTS
A. Comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations for installation of
products in the applications indicated. Anchor each product securely in place,
accurately located and aligned with other Work.
1. Clean exposed surfaces and protect as necessary to ensure freedom from
damage and deterioration at time of Substantial Completion.
END OF SECTION
i
LMCC
FIRE CODE UPGRADE SECTION 01631
LUBBOCK, TEXAS SUBTITUTIONS 01631-1
C'
t PART 1— GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
t
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to
this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for handling
requests for substitutions made after award of the Contract.
B. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this
Section:
1. Division 1 Section "Submittals" specifies requirements for submitting the
Contractor's Construction Schedule and the Submittal Schedule.
2. Division 1 Section "Materials and Equipment" specifies requirements
;►"" governing the Contractor's selection of products and product options.
i
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Definitions in this Article do not change or modify the meaning of other terms
used in the Contract Documents.
B. Substitutions: Changes in products, materials, equipment, and methods of
construction required by the Contract Documents proposed by the Contractor after
award of the Contract are considered to be requests for substitutions. The
following are not considered to be requests for substitutions:
1. Substitutions requested during the bidding period, and accepted by
Addendum prior to award of the Contract, are included in the Contract
Documents and are not subject to requirements specified in this Section
for substitutions.
2. Revisions to the Contract Documents requested by the Owner or Engineer.
3. Specified options of products and construction methods included in the
Contract Documents.
4. The Contractor's determination of and compliance with governing
regulations and orders issued by governing authorities.
LMCC
FIRE CODE UPGRADE SECTION 01631 _
LUBBOCK, TEXAS SUBTITUTIONS 01631-2
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Substitution Request Submittal: The Engineer will consider requests for
substitution if received within 60 days after commencement of the Work.
Requests received more than 60 days after commencement of the Work may be
considered or rejected at the discretion of the Engineer.
1. Submit 3 copies of each request for substitution for consideration. Submit
requests in the form and according to procedures required for change -
order proposals.
2. Identify the product or the fabrication or installation method to be replaced
in each request. Include related Specification Section and Drawing
numbers.
3. Provide complete documentation showing compliance with the
requirements for substitutions, and the following information, as
appropriate:
a. Coordination information, including a list of changes or
modifications needed to other parts of the Work and to
construction performed by the Owner and separate contractors, that
will be necessary to accommodate the proposed substitution.
b. A detailed comparison of significant qualities of the proposed
substitution with those of the Work specified. Significant qualities
may include elements, such as performance, weight, size,
durability, and visual effect.
C. Product Data, including Drawings and descriptions of products and
fabrication and installation procedures.
d. Samples, where applicable or requested.
e. A statement indicating the substitution's effect on the Contractor's
Construction Schedule compared to the schedule without approval
of the substitution. Indicate the effect of the proposed substitution
on overall Contract Time.
f. Cost information, including a proposal of the net change, if any in
the Contract Sum.
g- The Contractor's certification that the proposed substitution
conforms to requirements in the Contract Documents in every
respect and is appropriate for the applications indicated.
h. The Contractor's waiver of rights to additional payment or time
that may subsequently become necessary because of the failure of
the substitution to perform adequately.
LMCC
FIRE CODE UPGRADE
LUBBOCK, TEXAS
SECTION 01631
SUBTITUTIONS
01631-3
4. Engineer's Action: If necessary, the Engineer will request additional information
or documentation for evaluation within one week of receipt of a request for
substitution. The Engineer will notify the Contractor of acceptance or rejection of
the substitution within 2 weeks of receipt of the request, or one week of receipt of
additional information or documentation, whichever is later. Acceptance will be
in the form of a change order.
PART 2 — PRODUCTS
2.1 SUBSTITUTIONS
A. Conditions: The Engineer will receive and consider the Contractor's request for
substitution when one or more of the following conditions are satisfied, as
determined by the Engineer. If the following conditions are not satisfied, the
Engineer will return the requests without action except to record noncompliance
with these requirements.
1. Extensive revisions to the Contract Documents are not required.
2. Proposed changes are in keeping with the general intent of the Contract
Documents.
3. The request is timely, fully documented, and properly submitted.
4. The specified product or method of construction cannot be provided
within the Contract Time. The Engineer will not consider the request if
the product or method cannot be provided as a result of failure to pursue
the Work promptly or coordinate activities properly.
B. The Contractor's submittal and the Engineer's acceptance of Shop Drawings,
Product Data, or Samples for construction activities not complying with the
Contract Documents do not constitute an acceptable or valid request for
substitution, nor do they constitute approval.
PART 3 — EXECUTION (Not Applicable)
END OF SECTION
r
LMCC
FIRE CODE UPGRADE
LUBBOCK, TEXAS
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
SECTION 01700
CONTRACT CLOSEOUT
PART 1— GENERAL
01700-1
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for contract
closeout including, but not limited to, the following.
1. Inspection procedures.
2. Project record document submittal.
3. Operation and maintenance manual submittal.
4. Submittal of warranties.
5. Final cleaning.
B. Closeout requirements for specific construction activities are included in the
appropriate Sections in Divisions 2 through 16.
1.3 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION
A. Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting inspection for certification of
Substantial Completion, complete the following. List exceptions in the request.
1. In the Application for Payment that coincides with, or first follows the
date Substantial Completion is claimed, show 100 percent completion for
the portion of the Work claimed as substantially complete.
a. Include supporting documentation for completion as indicated in
these Contract Documents and a statement showing an accounting
of changes to the Contract Sum.
b. If 100 percent completion cannot be shown, include a list of
incomplete items, the value of incomplete construction, and
reasons the Work is not complete.
2. Submit specific warranties, workmanship bonds, maintenance agreements,
final certifications, and similar documents.
3.Obtain and submit releases enabling the Owner unrestricted use of the
work and access to services and utilities. Include occupancy permits,
operating certificates, and similar releases.
LMCC
FIRE CODE UPGRADE SECTION 01700
LUBBOCK, TEXAS CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 01700-2
4. Submit record drawings, maintenance manuals, final project photographs,
damage or settlement surveys, property surveys, and similar final record
information.
5. Deliver tools, spare parts, extra stock, and similar items.
6. Advise the Owner's personnel of changeover in security provisions.
7. Complete final cleanup requirements, including touchup painting.
8. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore maned, exposed finishes.
B. Inspection Procedures: On receipt of a request for inspection, the Engineer will
either proceed with inspection or advise the Contractor of unfilled requirements.
The Engineer will prepare the Certificate of Substantial Completion following
inspection or advise the Contractor of construction that must be completed or
corrected before the certificate will be issued.
1. The Engineer will repeat inspection when requested and assured that the
Work is substantially complete.
2. Results of the completed inspection will form the basis of requirements for
final acceptance.
1.4 FINAL ACCEPTANCE
A. Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting final inspection for certification of
final acceptance and payment, complete the following. List exceptions in the
request.
1. Submit the final payment request with releases and supporting
documentation not previously submitted and accepted. Include insurance
certificates for products and completed operations where required.
2. Submit an updated final statement, accounting for final additional changes
to the Contract Sum.
3. Submit a certified copy of the Engineer's final Inspection list of items to
be completed or corrected, endorsed and dated by the Engineer. The
certified copy of the list shall state that each item has been completed or
otherwise resolved for acceptance and shall be endorsed and dated by the
Engineer.
4. Submit consent of surety to final payment.
r
LMCC
FIRE CODE UPGRADE SECTION 01700
LUBBOCK, TEXAS CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 01700-3
5. Submit a final liquidated damages settlement statement.
r6.
Submit evidence of final, continuing insurance coverage complying with
insurance requirements.
B. Reinspection Procedure: The Engineer will reinspect the Work upon receipt of
notice that the Work, including inspection list items from earlier inspections, has
been completed, except for items whose completion is delayed under
e_
circumstances acceptable to the Engineer.
1. Upon completion of reinspection, the Engineer will prepare a certificate of
�„�
final acceptance. If the Work is incomplete, the Engineer will advise the
Contractor of Work that is incomplete or of obligations that have not been
fulfilled but are required for final acceptance.
2. If necessary, reinspection will be repeated.
1.5 RECORD DOCUMENT SUBMITTALS
A. General: Do not use record documents for construction purposes. Protect record
r` documents from deterioration and loss in a secure, fire-resistant location. Provide
access to record documents for the Engineer" reference during normal working
hours.
B. Record Drawings: Maintain a clean, undamaged set of blue or black line white -
prints of Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings. Mark the set to show the actual
installation where the installation varies substantially from the Work as originally
shown. Mark which drawing is most capable of showing conditions fully and
accurately. Where Shop Drawings are used, record a cross-reference at the
corresponding location on the Contract Drawings. Give particular attention to
concealed elements that would be difficult to measure and record at a later date.
1. Mark record sets with red erasable pencil. Use other colors to distinguish
between variations in separate categories of the Work.
2. Mark new information that is important to the Owner but was not shown
on Contract Drawings or Shop Drawings.
3. Note related change -order numbers where applicable.
4. Organize record drawing sheets into manageable sets. Bind sets with
durable -paper cover sheets; print suitable titles, dates, and other
identification on the cover of each set.
9
LMCC
FIRE CODE UPGRADE SECTION 01700
LUBBOCK, TEXAS CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 01700-4 }
C. Record Sample Submittals: Immediately prior to Substantial Completion, the
Contractor shall meet with the Engineer and the Owner's personnel at the Project
Site to determine which Samples are to be transmitted to the Owner for record
purposes. Comply with the Owner's instructions regarding delivery to the
Owner's Sample storage area.
D. Miscellaneous Record Submittals: Refer to other Specification Sections for
requirements of miscellaneous record keeping and submittals in connection with
actual performance of the Work. Immediately prior to the date or dates of
Substantial Completion, complete miscellaneous records and place in good order.
Identify miscellaneous records properly and bind or file, ready for continued use
and reference. Submit to the Engineer for the Owner's records.
E. Maintenance Manuals: Organize operation and maintenance data into suitable
sets of manageable size. Bind properly indexed data in individual, heavy-duty, 2-
inch (51-mm), 3-ring, vinyl -covered binders, with pocket folders for folded sheet
information. Mark appropriate identification on front and spine of each binder. _
Include the following types of information:
1. Emergency instructions.
2. Spare parts list.
3. Copies of warranties.
4. Wiring diagrams.
5. Inspection procedures.
6. Shop Drawings and Product Data.
PART 2 — PRODUCTS (Not Applicable)
PART 3 — EXECUTION
3.1 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES
A. Operation and Maintenance Instructions: Arrange for each Installer of equipment that requires regular maintenance to meet with the Owner's personnel to provide
instruction in proper operation and maintenance. Provide instruction by
manufacturer's representatives if installers are not experienced in operation and —
maintenance procedures. Include a detailed review of the following items:
1.
Maintenance manuals.
2.
Record documents.
3.
Spare parts and materials.
4.
Identification systems.
5.
Control sequences. "
6.
Hazards.
LMCC
FIRE CODE UPGRADE SECTION 01700
LUBBOCK, TEXAS CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 01700-5
7. Cleaning.
8. Warranties and bonds.
B. As part of instruction for operating equipment, demonstrate the following
procedures:
1. Startup.
2. Shutdown.
3. Emergency operations.
4. Safety procedures.
5. Economy and efficiency adjustments.
3.2 FINAL CLEANING
A., General: The General Conditions require general cleaning during construction.
Regular site cleaning is included in Division 1 Section "Construction Facilities
and Temporary Controls."
B. Cleaning: Employ experienced workers or professional cleaners for final
cleaning. Clean each surface or unit to the condition expected in a normal,
commercial building cleaning and maintenance program. Comply with
manufacturer's instructions.
1. Complete the following cleaning operations before requesting inspection
for certification of Final Acceptance.
a. Remove labels that are not permanent labels.
b. Clean transparent materials, including mirrors and glass in doors
and windows. Remove glazing compounds and other substances
that are noticeable vision -obscuring materials. Replace chipped or
broken glass and other damaged transparent materials.
C. Clean exposed exterior and interior hard -surfaced finished to a
dust -free condition, free of stains, films, and similar foreign
substances. Restore reflective surfaces to their original condition.
Leave concrete floors broom clean. Vacuum carpeted surfaces.
d. Wipe surfaces of mechanical and electrical equipment. Remove
excess lubrication and other substances. Clean plumbing fixtures
to a sanitary condition. Clean light fixtures and lamps.
e. Clean development areas of rubbish, litter, and other foreign
substances. Sweep paved areas broom clean; remove stains, spills,
and other foreign deposits.
C. Removal of Protection: Remove temporary protection and facilities installed for
protection of the Work during construction.
7
LMCC
FIRE CODE UPGRADE SECTION 01700
LUBBOCK, TEXAS CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 01700-6
D. Compliance: Comply with regulations of authorities having jurisdiction and
safety standards for cleaning. Do not burn waste materials. Do not bury debris or
excess materials on the Owner's property. Do not discharge volatile, harmful, or
dangerous materials into drainage systems. Remove waste materials from the site
and dispose of lawfully.
1. Where extra materials of value remain after completion of associated
Work, they become the Owner's property. Dispose of these materials as
directed by the Owner.
END OF SECTION
LMCC
FIRE CODE UPGRADE
LUBBOCK, TEXAS
SECTION 09511
ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS
PART 1— GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
09511-1
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this
Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes ceilings composed of acoustical panels and exposed
suspension systems.
1. New acoustical panels and exposed suspension system
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. General: Submit each item in this Article according to the Conditions of the
Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections.
B. Product data for each type of product specified.
C. Coordination drawings for reflected ceiling plans drawn accurately to scale and
coordinating penetrations and ceiling -mounted items. Show the following:
1. Ceiling suspension system members.
2. Method of attaching suspension system hangers to building structure.
3. Ceiling -mounted items including light fixtures; air outlets and inlets;
speakers; sprinklers; and other junctures of acoustical ceilings with
adjoining construction.
4. Minimum Drawing Scale: 1/8 inch =1 foot.
D. Samples for verification of each type of exposed finish required, prepared on
samples of size indicated below. Where finishes involve normal color and texture
variations, include sample sets showing the full range of variations expected.
1. 6-inch (150-mm) square samples of each acoustical panel type, pattern,
and color.
E. Qualification data for firms and persons specified in the "Quality Assurance"
Article to demonstrate their capabilities and experience. Include lists of
LMCC
FIRE CODE UPGRADE SECTION 09511
LUBBOCK, TEXAS ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS 09511-2
completed projects with project names and addresses, names and addresses of
architects and owners, and other information specified.
F. Product test reports from a qualified independent testing agency that are based on
its testing of current products for compliance of acoustical panel ceilings and
components with requirements.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced Installer who has completed
acoustical panel ceilings similar in material, design, and extent to indicated for
this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance.
B. Single -Source Responsibility for Ceiling Units: Obtain each type of acoustical
ceiling panel from a single source with resources to provide products of consistent
quality in appearance and physical properties without delaying the Work.
C. Single -Source Responsibility for Suspension System: Obtain each type of
suspension system from a single source with resources to provide products of
consistent quality in appearance and physical properties without delaying the
Work.
1. ' Obtain both acoustical panels and suspension system from the same
manufacturer.
1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver acoustical panels and suspension system components to Project site in
original, unopened packages and store them in a fully enclosed space where they
will be protected against damage from moisture, direct sunlight, surface
contamination, and other causes.
B. Before installing acoustical panels, permit them to reach room temperature and a
stabilized moisture content.
C. Handle acoustical panels carefully to avoid chipping edges or damaging units in
any way.
1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Space Enclosure and Environmental Limitations: Do not install acoustical panel
ceilings until wet -work in spaces is completed and dry, work above ceilings is
complete, and ambient temperature and humidity conditions are being maintained
at the levels indicated for project when occupied for its intended use.
LMCC
FIRE CODE UPGRADE
LUBBOCK, TEXAS
1.7 COORDINATION
SECTION.09511
ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS
09511-3
A. Coordinate layout and installation of acoustical panels and suspension system
components with other construction that penetrates ceilings or is supported by
them, including light fixtures, HVAC equipment, fire -suppression system
components (if any), and partition assemblies (if any).
PART 2 — PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Acoustical Ceiling Unit: Acceptable Manufacturer and Product: Subject to
compliance with requirements, provide one of the following for each panel type
indicated:
1. Manufacturer: Armstrong
a. Product: Minitone, Bold Look II (Banquet Hall)
(1) Description: 24" x 48" x Y4" wet formed mineral fiber
panel.
(2) Edges: Angled tegular for 15/16" suspension grid.
(3) Color: To be selected by the Owner from Manufacturer's
standard finishes.
(4) NRC Range:.55 (ASTM C 423).
(5) Flame Spread: 2.5 (ASTM E 84)
2.2 ACOUSTICAL PANELS, GENERAL
A. Acoustical Panel Standard: Provide manufacturer's standard panels of
configuration indicated that comply with ASTM E 1264 classifications as
designated by types, patterns, acoustical ratings, and light reflectances, unless
otherwise indicated.
1. Mounting Method for Measuring Noise Reduction Coefficient (NRC):
Type E-400 (plenum mounting in which face of test specimen is 14-%
inches (400 mm) away from the test surface) per ASTM E 795.
B. Acoustical Panel Colors and Patterns: Match appearance characteristics indicated
for each product type.
C. Panel Characteristics: Comply with requirements indicated on each Acoustical
Panel Ceiling Product Data Sheet at the end of this Section, including those
referencing ASTM E 1264 classifications.
LMCC
FIRE CODE UPGRADE SECTION 09511
LUBBOCK, TEXAS ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS
2.3 CEILINGS OF NODULAR, CAST, OR MOLDED, MINERAL -BASE
ACOUSTICAL PANELS
y-.
09511-4 r
A. Panel Characteristics: Type III, Form 1 acoustical panels per ASTM E 1264, with
painted finish.
B. Suspension System Type: As described below and specified in Part 2 "Non -Fire -
Resistance -Rated, Direct -Hung Suspension System" Article: 2.5, 2.6.
2.4 METAL SUSPENSION SYSTEMS, GENERAL
A. Metal Suspension System Standard: Provide manufacturer's standard metal
suspension systems of types, structural classifications, and finishes indicated that
comply with applicable ASTM C 635 requirements.
B. Finishes and Colors: Provide manufacturer's standard factory -applied finish for
type of system indicated.
C. Attachment Devices: Size for 5 times the design load indicated in ASTM C 635,
Table 1, Direct Hung unless otherwise indicated.
1. Powder -Actuated Fasteners in Concrete: Fastener system of type suitable
for application indicated, fabricated from corrosion -resistant materials,
with clips or other accessory devices for attachment of hangers of type
indicated, and with capability to sustain, without failure, a load equal to 10
times that imposed by ceiling construction, as determined by testing per
ASTM E 1190, conducted by a qualified testing agency.
2. Acceptable Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with specified
requirements and job conditions shown on the Drawings, provide inserts
by one of the following:
a. Hilti
b. Ramset
D. Wire Hangers, Braces, and Ties: Provide wires complying with the following
requirements.
1. Zinc -Coated Carbon Steel Wire: -ASTM A 641 (ASTM A 641M), Class 1
zinc coating, soft temper.
2. Size: Select wire diameter so that its stress at 3 times the hanger design y
load (ASTM C 635, Table 1 Direct Hung) will be less than the yield stress
of wire, but provide not less than 0.106-inch (2.69 mm) diameter wire. -
LMCC
FIRE CODE UPGRADE SECTION 09511
LUBBOCK, TEXAS ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS 09511-5
L E. Angle Hangers: Angles with legs not less than 7/8 inch (22 mm) wide, formed
with 0.0396-inch (1 mm) thick galvanized -steel sheet complying with ASTM A
r 446, G 90 (ASTM A 446M, Z 275) Coating Designation, with bolted connections
and 5/16-inch (8 mm) diameter bolts.
A F. Sheet -Metal Edge Moldings and Trim: Type and profile indicated, or if not
indicated, manufacturer's standard moldings for edges and penetrations that fit
acoustical panel edge details and suspension systems indicated; formed from sheet
metal of same material and finish as that used for exposed flanges of suspension
` system runners.
G. Hold -Down Clips for Non -Fire -Resistance -Rated Ceilings: For interior ceilings
composed of acoustical panels weighing less than 1 lb. per sq. ft. (4.88 kg per sq.
m), provide hold-down clips spaces 24 inches (610 mm) o.c. on all cross tees.
2.5 NON -FIRE -RESISTANCE -RATED, DIRECT -HUNG SUSPENSION SYSTEMS
A. Wide -Face, Single -Web, Steel Suspension System: Main and cross runners roll
formed from pre -painted or electrolytic zinc -coated, cold -rolled steel sheet, with
pre -painted 15/16-inch (24 mm) wide flanges; other characteristics as follows:
1. Structural Classification: Heavy-duty system.
2. Finish: Painted color as selected by the Owner to match ceiling panel
color.
2.6 ACOUSTICAL SEALANT
A. Acoustical Sealant for Exposed and Concealed Joints: Manufacturer's standard
non -sag, paintable, non -staining latex sealant complying with ASTM C 834 and
the following requirements:
1. Product is effective in reducing airborne sound transmission through
perimeter joints and openings in building construction as demonstrated by
testing representative assemblies per ASTM E 90.
B. Acoustical Sealant for Concealed Joints: Manufacturer's standard nondrying,
non -hardening, non -skinning, non -staining, gunnable, synthetic rubber sealant
recommended for sealing interior concealed joints to reduce transmission of
airborne sound.
C. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, acoustical sealants
that may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to the following:
1. Acoustical Sealant for Exposed and Concealed Joints:
LMCC
FIRE CODE UPGRADE SECTION 09511 ,
LUBBOCK, TEXAS ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS 09511-6
J
a. AC-20-FTR Acoustical and Insulation Sealant; Pecora Corp.
b. SHEETROCK Acoustical Sealant; United States Gypsum
Company.
2. Acoustical Sealant for Concealed Joints:
a. BA-98; Pecora Corp.
b. Tremco Acoustical Sealant; Tremco, Inc.
PART 3 — EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION _
A. Examine substrates and structural framing to which acoustical panel ceilings
attach or abut, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements specified _.
in this and other Sections that affect ceiling installation and anchorage. Do not
proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 PREPARATION _
A. Coordination: Furnish layouts for cast -in -place anchors, clips, and other ceiling
anchors whose installation is specified in other Sections.
B. Measure each ceiling area and establish the layout of acoustical panels to balance _
border widths at opposite edges of each ceiling. Conform to the layout shown on .
reflected ceiling plans.
3.3 INSTALLATION
A. General: Install acoustical panel ceilings to comply with publications referenced
below per manufacturer's instructions and CISCA "Ceiling Systems Handbook."
1. Standard for Ceiling Suspension System Installations: Comply with
ASTM C 636.
2. CISCA Recommendations for Acoustical Ceilings: Comply with CISCA
"Recommendations for Direct -Hung Acoustical Tile and Lay -In Panel _
Ceilings."
3. U.B.C. Standard for Ceiling Suspension Systems: U.B.C. Standard No. —
47-18.
B. Suspend ceiling hangers from buildings structural members and as follows: =
f'
E
LMCC
FIRE CODE UPGRADE SECTION 09511
LUBBOCK, TEXAS ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS 09511-7
i
1. Install hangers plumb and free from contact with insulation or other
objects within ceiling plenum that are not part of the supporting structure
f or of the ceiling suspension system.
.,, 2. Splay hangers only where required to miss obstructions; offset resulting
horizontal forces by bracing, countersplaying, or other equally effective
means.
3. Where width of ducts and other construction within ceiling plenum
produces hanger spacings that interfere with the location of hangers at
spacings required to support standard suspension system members, install
supplemental suspension members and hangers in the form of trapezes or
equivalent devices. Size supplemental suspension members and hangers
to support ceiling loads within performance limits established by
referenced standards and publications.
4. Secure wire hangers to ceiling suspension members and to support above
with a minimum of 3 tight turns. Connect hangers either directly to
structures or to inserts, eye screws, or other devices that are secure, that
�^
are appropriate for substrate, and that will not deteriorate or otherwise fail
due
i
to age, corrosion, or elevated temperatures.
5. Do not support ceilings directly from permanent metal. forms. Fasten
k
hangers to cast -in place hanger inserts, powder -actuated fasteners.
6. Do not attach hangers to steel deck tabs.
7. Do not attach hangers to steel roof deck. Attach hangers to structural
members.
8. Space hangers not more than 48 inches (1200 mm) o.c. along each
member supported directly from hangers, unless otherwise shown; and
provide hangers not more than 8 inches (200 mm) from ends of each
member.
C. Install edge moldings and trim of type indicated at perimeter of acoustical ceiling
area and where necessary to conceal edges of acoustical panels.
1. Apply acoustical sealant in a continuous ribbon concealed on back of
vertical legs of moldings before they are installed.
2. Screw attach moldings to substrate at intervals not over 16 inches (400
t mm) o.c. and not more than 3 inches (75 mm) from ends, leveling with
ceiling suspension system to a tolerance of 1/8 inch in 12 feet (3.18 mm in
3.66 m). Miter corners accurately and connect securely.
r
k
LMCC
FIRE CODE UPGRADE SECTION 09511
LUBBOCK, TEXAS ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS 09511-8
6
3. Do not use exposed fasteners, including pop rivets, on moldings and trim.
D. Install suspension system runners to they are square and securely interlocked with
one another. Remove and replace dented, bent, or kinked members.
E. Install acoustical panels with undamaged edges and fitted accurately into
suspension system runners and edge moldings. Scribe and cut panels at borders
and penetrations to provide neat, precise fit.
1. Arrange directionally patterned acoustical panels as follows:
a. Install panels with pattern running in one direction parallel to long —
axis of space.
2. For reveal -edged panels on suspension system runners, install panels with
bottom of reveal in firm contact with top surface of runner flanges.
3. Install hold-down clips in areas indicated and in areas required by _
governing regulations, or for fire -resistance ratings; space as
recommended by panel manufacturer, unless otherwise indicated or
required.
3.4 CLEANING
A. Clean exposed surfaces of acoustical panel ceilings, including trim, edge
moldings, and suspension system members. Comply with manufacturer's
instructions for cleaning and touchup of minor finish damage. Remove and
replace ceiling components that cannot be successfully cleaned and repaired to
permanently eliminate evidence of damage.
END OF SECTION
W
I
AGNEW ASSOCIATES, INC. DIVISION 15
PROJECT NUMBER 98086 FIRE PROTECTION
LUBBOCK CIVIC CENTER
LIFE SAFETY CODE UPGRADE
PEDESTRIAN MALL
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION TITLE PAGE
15000 GENERAL PROVISIONS FOR FIRE PROTECTION ...........................1-6
15280 FIRE PROTECTION SPRINKLER SYSTEM.....................................1-7
This seal appearing on this document was authorized by Dwayne R. Agnew, 37645 on January
20, 1999. Alteration of a sealed document without proper notification to the responsible
Engineer is an offence under the Texas Engineering Practice act
-LI
SECTION 15000
GENERAL PROVISIONS FOR FIRE PROTECTION ^,
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 CHECKING DOCUMENTS:
A. The drawings and the specifications are numbered consecutively. The Contractor shall
check the drawings and specifications thoroughly and shall notify the Engineer of any
discrepancies or omissions of sheets or pages. Upon notification, the Engineer will
promptly provide the Contractor with any missing portions of the drawings or
specifications. No discrepancies or omissions of sheets or pages of the contract
documents will relieve the Contractor of his duty to provide all work required by the
complete contract documents.
1.02 GENERAL:
A. In general, the lines to be installed under these specifications shall be run as indicated, as
specified herein, as required by particular conditions at the site, and as required to
conform to the generally accepted standards as to complete the work in a neat and
satisfactorily workable manner. The following is a general outline concerning the —
running of various lines and is to be excepted where the drawings or conditions at the
building necessitate deviating from these standards.
B. All piping shall be concealed in chases in finished areas, except as indicated on the
drawings. Horizontal lines run in areas that have ceilings shall be run concealed in those
ceilings, unless otherwise specifically indicated or directed.
C. Piping may be run exposed in machinery and equipment spaces.
D. The Contractor shall thoroughly acquaint himself with the details of the construction and
finishes before submitting his bid as no allowances will be made because of the
Contractor's unfamiliarity with these details.
E. The plans do not give exact details as to elevations of lines, exact locations, etc., and do
not show all the offsets, and other installation details. The Contractor shall carefully lay
out his work at the site to conform to the architectural and structural conditions, to _
provide proper grading of lines, to avoid all obstruction, to conform to details. of
installation supplied by the manufacturers of the equipment to be installed, and thereby to
provide an integrated, satisfactorily operating installation.
F. The plans do not give exact locations of outlets, fixtures, equipment items, etc. The
exact location of each item shall be determined by reference to measurements at the
building, and in cooperation with other sections. Minor relocations necessitated by the
conditions at the site or as directed by the Engineer shall be made without any additional
cost accruing to the Owner.
15000-1
G. Exceptions and inconsistencies in plans and specifications shall be brought to the
Engineer's attention before the contract is signed. Otherwise, the Contractor shall be
responsible for any and all changes and additions that may be necessary to accommodate
his particular apparatus, material, or equipment.
H. The Contractor shall distinctly understand that the work described herein and shown on
the accompanying drawings shall result in a finished and working job, and any item
required to accomplish this intent shall be included whether specifically mentioned or not.
1.03 DIMENSIONS:
A. Before ordering any material or "doing any work, the Contractor shall verify all
dimensions, including elevations, and shall be responsible for the correctness of the same.
No extra charge or compensation will be allowed on account of differences between
actual dimensions and measurements indicated on the drawings. Any difference which
may be found shall be submitted to the Engineer for consideration before proceeding with
the work.
i' 1.04 INSPECTION OF SITE:
i
i
A. The accompanying plans do not indicate completely the existing installations. The
bidders for the work under these sections of the specifications shall inspect the existing
installations and thoroughly acquaint themselves with conditions to be met and the work
to be accomplished in removing and modifying the existing work, and in installing the
new work in the present building. Failure to comply with this shall not constitute
grounds for any additional payments in connection with removing or modifying any part
of the existing installations and/or installing any new work.
1.05 MANUFACTURER'S DIRECTIONS:
A. All manufactured articles shall be applied, installed and handled as recommended by the
i manufacturer.
1.06 MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP:
A. All materials shall be new unless otherwise specified and of the quality specified.
Materials shall be free from defects. All materials of a type for which the Underwriters
Laboratories, Inc. have established a standard shall be listed by the Underwriters
Laboratories, Inc. and shall bear their label.
B. Wherever the make of material or apparatus required is not definitely specified, the
Contractor shall submit a sample to the Engineer before proceeding.
C. The Contractor shall be responsible for transportation of his materials to and on the job,
and shall be responsible for the storage and protection of these materials and work until
the final acceptance of the job.
D. The Contractor shall furnish all necessary scaffolding, tackle, tools and appurtenances of
all kinds, and all labor required for the safe and expeditious execution of his contract.
15000-2
r'
i
E. The workmanship shall in all respects be of the highest grade and all construction shall be
done according to the best practice of the trade.
J
1.07 SUBSTITUTION OF MATERIAL:
A. Where a definite material or only one manufacturer's name is mentioned in these
specifications, it has been done in order to establish a standard. The product of the
particular manufacturer mentioned is of satisfactory construction and any substitution
must be of quality as good as or better than the named article. No substitution shall be
made without review by the Engineer, who will be the sole judge of equality.
B. The Contractor shall submit for approval a complete list of the materials he proposes to
use. This list shall give manufacturers' names and designations corresponding to each
and every item and the submission shall be accompanied by complete descriptive
literature and/or any supplementary data, drawings, etc., necessary to give full and
complete details.
C. Should a substitution be accepted under the provisions of the conditions of these
specifications, and should this substitute prove to be defective or otherwise unsatisfactory for the service for which it is intended within the guarantee period, the Contractor who
originally requested the substitution shall replace the substitute material with the specified
material. —
1.08 SHOP DRAWINGS:
A. Wherever shop drawings are called for in these specifications, they shall be furnished by
the Contractor for the work involved after review by the Engineer as to the make and
type of material and in sufficient time so that no delay or changes will be caused. This is
done in order to facilitate progress on the job and failure on the part of the Contractor to
comply shall render him liable to stand the expense of any and all delays, changes in
construction, etc., occasioned by his failure to provide the necessary details. Also, if the
Contractor fails to comply with this provision, the Engineer reserves the right to go _
directly to the manufacturer he selects and secure any details he might deem necessary
and should there be any charges in connection with this, they.shall be borne by. the
Contractor.
B. Shop drawings will be reviewed by the Engineer for general compliance with the design
concept of the project and general compliance with the information given in the contract
documents. Review by the Engineer and any action by the Engineer in marking shop
drawings is subject to the requirements of the entire contract documents. Contractor will
be held responsible for quantities, dimensions which shall be confirmed and correlated at
the job site, fabrication processes and techniques of construction, coordination of all
trades and the satisfactory performance of his work.
C. Shop drawings submitted shall not consist of manufacturers' catalogues or tear sheets
therefrom that contain no indication of the exact item offered. Rather, the submission of
individual items shall designate the exact item offered and shall clearly identify the item
with the project.
15000-3
D. All shop drawings shall be submitted at one time and shall consist of a bound catalogue
of all shop drawings under each section, properly indexed and certified that they have
been checked by the Contractor.
E. The omissions of any material from the shop drawings which has been shown on the
contract drawings or specified, even though reviewed by the Engineer, shall not relieve
the Contractor from furnishing and erecting same.
Y 1.09 PERMITS, FEE, ETC.:
A. The Contractor under each section of these specifications shall secure all required permits
from the City of Lubbock. The City of Lubbock will not charge the contractor for any
inspection fee or other fees required by ordinance, law codes and these specifications.
1.10 TESTING:
A. The Contractor under each division shall at his own expense perform the various tests as
specified and required by the Engineer and as required by the State and local authorities.
The Contractor shall furnish all fuel and materials necessary for making tests. Notify the
Engineer a minimum of 24 hours in advance of all tests.
1.11 LAWS, CODES AND ORDINANCES:
A. All work shall be executed in strict accordance with all local, state and national codes,
ordinances and regulations governing the particular class of work involved, as interpreted
by the inspecting authority. The Contractor shall be responsible for the final execution of
the work under this heading to suit those requirements. Where these specifications and
the accompanying drawings conflict with these requirements, the Contractor shall report
the matter to the Engineer, shall prepare any supplemental drawings required illustrating
how the work may be installed so as to comply and, on approval, make the changes at no
cost to the Owner. On completion of the various portions of the work the installation
shall be tested by the constituted authorities, approved and, on completion of the work,
the Contractor shall obtain and deliver to the Owner a final certificate of acceptance.
1.12 TERMINOLOGY:
A. Whenever the words "furnish", "provide", "furnish and install," "provide and install',
and/or similar phrases occur, it is the intent that the materials and equipment described be
furnished, installed and connected under this Division of the Specifications, complete for
operation unless specifically noted to the contrary.
B. Where a material is described in detail, listed by catalogue number or otherwise called
for, it shall be the Contractor's responsibility to furnish and install the material.
C. The use of the word "shall" conveys a mandatory condition to the contract.
D. "This section" always refers to the section in which the statement occurs.
E. "The project" includes all work in progress during the construction period.
15000-4
t
F. "Concealed" areas are those areas which cannot be seen by the building occupants from
the floor with all building components in place.
G. "Exposed" areas are all areas which are exposed to view by the building occupants,
including mechanical rooms.
H. In describing the various items of equipment, in general, each item will be described
singularly, even though there may be a multiplicity of identical or similar items.
1.13 CUTTING AND PATCHING:
A. The Contractor shall perform all construction modification and cutting required to install
the work. All work shall be done with care so that openings are cut neatly, in the correct —
location, and of minimum size. No cutting of any structural member is permitted without
specific permission from the Engineer.
B. Patching shall be done by workman skilled in the trade specified.
1.14 OWNERS OCCUPANCY:
A. It shall be understood that the building in which the work is to be done is a necessary
part of the Owner's operation, and shall continue in use throughout the construction
period without interruption. Take all precautions required by the Owner for the
protection of his equipment and property.
B. Contractor shall cooperate with the owner in scheduling areas in which work is
permitted. Owners schedule will govern.
1.15 SCHEDULE OF WORK:
A. The Contractor shall program his work in such manner as to interfere as little as possible
with the normal routine of the Owner. It must be understood that the Owner will
continue to function throughout the construction period. All water and sanitary facilities
shall therefore be continued in operation with a minimum of interruption and the
Contractor shall make any temporary connections necessary to comply with this
requirement.
1.16 GUARANTEE:
A. Unless a longer guarantee is hereinafter called for, all work, material and equipment
items shall be guaranteed for a period of one year after acceptance by the Owner. All -=
defects in labor and materials occurring during this period, as determined by the
,Engineer, shall be repaired and/or replaced to the complete satisfaction of the Engineer.
Guarantee shall be in writing and in triplicate. —
1.17 COMPLETION REQUIREMENTS:
A. Before acceptance and final payment the Contractor under each Division of the
specifications shall furnish:
1. Accurate record drawings, shown in red ink on blue line prints furnished for that
purpose all changes from the original plans made during installation of the work.
Drawings shall be filed with the Engineer when the work is completed.
2. All manufacturers' guarantees.
3. Guarantees.
END OF SECTION
15000-6
SECTION 15280
i
FIRE PROTECTION SPRINKLER SYSTEM
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 NOTE:
A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division-1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section.
1.02 SUBMITTALS:
A. Submit manufacturer's data on all materials and provide plan layout of system for
approval.
1.03 SCOPE:
A. The portion of the building indicated on the drawings shall be protected by an Ordinary
Hazard, Group 2 automatic sprinkler system. In areas where sprinkler heads are to be
installed in new lay -in ceiling, sprinkler heads shall be centered between grooves of new
ceiling tile.
1.04 APPLICABLE SPECIFICATIONS:
A. The design and installation of the Automatic Sprinkler Systems shall be in strict
accordance with all mandatory and recommended provisions of the NFPA, FM, UBC,
and UL publications. All recommended provisions of the NFPA (National Fire Codes)
listed below shall be considered as mandatory requirements.
B. Issues of the following publications, including revisions and amendment as of the date of '—
award of this contract, form a part of this specification.
1. National Fire Protection Association Standards (NFPA) '-
2. No. 13 Sprinkler System
3. No. 70 National Electrical Code
4. No. 72 National Fire Alarm Code
5. Factory Mutual System, Factory Mutual Engineering Corporation Publication (FM)
6. Approval Guide
7. Underwriter's Laboratories, Inc. Publication (UL) �.
8. Approved Equipment Lists (with supplements).
15280-1'
r
1.05 QUALIFICATION OF THE CONTRACTOR:
A. The Fire Protection System shall be installed by an experienced firm regularly engaged in
the installation of automatic sprinkler and standpipe systems. The Contractor shall have a
"Certificate of Registration" and shall have in his employee a licensed "Responsible
Managing Employee", as provided for in Article 5.43-3 "Fire Protection Sprinkler
Systems" of the Texas State Board of Insurance, Insurance Code. The Owner may reject
any proposed installer who cannot show evidence of such qualifications.
1.06 SHOP DRAWINGS:
A. The Contractor shall submit complete working drawings of the sprinkler system and such
other descriptive data as the Architect may require to demonstrate compliance with the
contract documents.
B. Shop drawings will be submitted at one time to demonstrate that pertinent items of
equipment have been properly coordinated and will function properly with each other.
No installation work will be permitted prior to approval of complete shop drawings.
C. If departures from the contract drawings are deemed necessary by the Contractor, details
of such departures, including changes in related portions of the project and the reasons,
therefore, shall be submitted with the shop drawings and hydraulic calculations.
Approved departures shall be made at no additional cost to the Owner.
D. Hydraulic calculations will be required in accordance with NFPA No. 13.
1.07 RECORD DRAWINGS:
A. Upon completion of the work, the Contractor shall revise the original shop drawings to
agree with the construction as actually accomplished. These drawings shall be delivered
to the Architect.
PART 2 - MATERIALS
2.01 GENERAL:
A. All material and equipment shall be new and the current standard products of the
manufacturer. Where two or more items of equipment performing the same function are
required, they shall be exact duplicates, produced by one manufacturer. However,
component parts need not be products of the same manufacturer.
B. All materials and equipment shall be UL listed and/or FM approved for systems of the
type indicated on the drawings, unless otherwise noted, and shall conform to the
requirements of NFPA No. 13.
15280-2
2.02 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT:
A. The following is a listing of the materials and specifications. The list is comprehensive
in nature. It is not intended that all materials listed will necessarily be required, but that
those required for the work be selected from this listing. All pipe and fittings shall be
non -galvanized, except where called for on the drawings or required by code.
ITEM SIZE (INCL) SPECIFICATIONS
Pipe & Fittings All Ferrows pipe and fittings in
accordance with NFPA 13.
Threadolets Thru 2" Steel, ANSI B16.11 sockolets
ASTM A105
Weldolets 2" and larger Steel, 90 degrees STD only, ANSI
B 16.9, ASTM 105
Plugs All Brass, square head, 125 lb, ANSI
B 16.5
Unions Thru 2" Malleable iron, 300 lb bronze to
iron ground joint.
Flange gaskets All Red rubber 1/16 inch, ANSI B16.21
Valves:
Globe valves
Thru 2"
Screwed, bronze body, rising stem,
175 lb WWP, screw -in bonnet,
renewable disc, Kennedy Fig. 97.
UL/FM approval not required.
Ball Valves
Thru 2"
Screwed, bronze body, 400 lb
WWP, TFE rings, standard handle
brass ball, NIBCO KT-580.
Angle valves
Thru 2"
Screwed, bronze body, rising stem,
175 lb. WWP, screw -in bonnet,
renewable disc, Kennedy Fig. 9B.
UL/FM approval not required.
Gate valves
Thru 2"
Screwed, bronze body, OS&Y, 175
lb WWP, Kennedy Fig. 66.
Gate valves
2-1/2" &
Flanged, iron body, OS&Y, 175 lb
Larger
WWP, Kennedy Fig. 68, electrical
supervisory switch.
15280-3
Butterfly Valves
2-1/2" &
Lug body, EPDM seat, ductile iron
Larger
body, bronze disc, 6" and above
gear operated, 175 lb. WWP,
UL/FM approved, electrical
supervisory switch.
Check valve
Thru 2"
Screwed, bronze body, 175 lb
WWP, horizontal swing, renewable
disc, Kennedy Fig. 442. UL/FM
approval not required.
Check valves
2-1/2" &
Flanged, iron body, 175 lb WWP,
Larger
bolted bonnet, horizontal swing,
renewable seat & rubber faced disc,
Kennedy Fig. 126A.
Auto ball drip
1/2 or 3/4
Bronze, Grinnell Model F775.
Backflow Preventer
All
Flanged, Stainless -Steel, 175 lb.
Working pressure, AWWA Class D,
Kennedy Fig. 98, UL/FM approval
not required.
Sprinklers and Nozzles:
Automatic sprinkler
Base Bid - Chrome plated pendant
heads.
Miscellaneous:
Pipe hangers supports,
and connections
Pipe escutcheons
Sprinkler escutcheon -
Hypochlorite
Approved type, in accordance
NFPA No. 13 and No. 15
requirements.
Chromium -plated iron or
chromium -plated brass, either one
piece or split pattern, held in place
by internal spring tension or
setscrew.
Two-piece, finish to match sprinkler
except where otherwise specified on
drawings. Depth as required to
position sprinkler.
AWWA 300
15280-4
^J
J
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 JOINTS:, I
A. Joints shall be the threaded type for 2" and smaller, and shall be welded or flanged for
2-1/2" and larger.
B. Threaded Joints: Threads shall be concentric with the outside of the pipe and shall
conform to ANSI B2.1. Threaded joints shall be made tight with an approved thread
joint compound or tape. Joint compound shall be applied lightly but sufficiently to cover
male threads only. Leaking joint shall not be repaired by peaning or packing.
C. Flanged Joints: Flanged joints shall be faced -true, provided with 1/16 inch red rubber
gaskets, and made square and tight. When made up, flange bolts shall extend through
nuts by at least one full thread. No flanges shall be placed in locations which will be
inaccessible after erection.
D. Welded Joints: All welding, including methods and qualifications of welders, shall be in
strict accordance with the standards and requirements specified in NFPA Nos. 13 and 15. All welds are subject to inspection by the Architect. The Architect reserves the right to
accept, reject, or demand removal of welds which are in violation of these specifications.
Welded branch connections to headers shall be made by use of threadolets, sockolets or
weldolets type fittings.
E. Cutting: Pipe shall be cut accurately to measurements shown on the shop drawings and
to suit field conditions, and shall be carefully worked into place without forcing or
springing. All cuts shall be reamed to remove fins and burrs.
3.02 INSTALLATION:
A. Piping material, including valves and fittings, shall be delivered to the site in a clean and
protected condition. End seals of pipe, valves and flange covers shall be maintained in ~'
place, being removed only as necessary for cleaning, fabrication, erection or for
inspection by the Contractor. Care shall be exercised in the handling and storage of all
piping materials and prefabricated piping so that contamination by moisture, grease, dirt,
or injurious foreign matter shall not occur.
B. The pipe shall be cut accurately to centerline measurements to suit field conditions, and
shall be carefully worked into place without forcing or springing. Piping shall be pitched
to allow proper drainage.
C. The interior and exterior surfaces of all piping shall be kept clean at all times. Pipe shall
be free from and burrs and shall be cleaned in accordance with cleaning procedures
herein.
D. No flanges or unions shall be placed in locations which will be inaccessible after erection.
E. All valves shall be properly packed and made leakproof under the test pressures
described.
15280-5
i F. All piping passing through walls shall be provided with pipe sleeves two pipe sizes larger
than the systems piping they accommodate or approved steel sleeves providing annular
r, space around the pipe. Annular space shall be made weather and watertight.
G. Where pipes pass through fire walls, fire partitions, or floor/ceiling assemblies, a fire
seal of mineral wool, or similar noncombustible material shall be packed between the
pipe and sleeve.
3.03 ESCUTCHEONS:
A. Pipe escutcheons shall be provided at all finished surfaces where exposed piping passes
through floors, walls or ceiling except in boiler, utility, or equipment rooms. Sprinkler
i~ escutcheons shall be provided for all pendant heads through ceilings. Escutcheons shall
be fastened securely to the pipe.
3.04 SIGNS:
A. All control drain and inspector's valves shall be provided with porcelainized metal
I^ identification signs. All hydraulically designed systems shall be provided with a
permanently attached nameplate data sign as recommended by NFPA No. 13.
3.05 TESTING:
A. Testing of the sprinkler systems and alarm systems shall be as prescribed by NFPA
Pamphlet No. 13 and 72. Each test shall be in the presence of an authorized
representative of the owner. This representative shall sign the Certificate of Inspection as
a witness of a successful test. The Contractor shall deliver these certificates of inspection
r., in duplicate to the Architect.
3.06 STERILIZATION:
A. All new lines shall be flushed and sterilized with chlorine before acceptance for service.
Calcium hypochlorite powder, containing not less than 70% available chlorine, shall be
used for sterilization. The amount of chlorine applied shall be such as to provide a
r"dosage of 100 ppm for at least 24 hours. At the conclusion of the 24 hour contract time,
C12 residual should be at least 20 ppm. The chlorinating material shall be mixed with
treated water in an acceptable container and injected directly into the system, the process
being repeated until the system is filled. All valves in the system shall be open and
closed 3 times during the procedure to insure that the sterilizing mixture is thoroughly
and evenly distributed throughout the system. After a contact period of not less than 24
hours, the system shall be flushed with water.
3.07 PROCEDURE FOR PLACING SYSTEMS IN SERVICE:
A. The Contractor shall place the systems in service with the operating mediums after
purging operations are completed. The Contractor shall furnish all labor and tools
required.
F
15280-6
r
3.08 SPARE SPRINKLER HEADS:
A. The Contractor shall furnish spare heads in accordance with NFPA Pamphlet No. 13.
Heads shall be provided in a suitable cabinet and shall be representative of, and in
proportion to, the number of each type and temperature rating of heads installed. In
addition to the spare heads, the contractor shall furnish not less than one special sprinkler
wrench per cabinet. The Cabinets shall be mounted at the system's riser.
END OF SECTION
15280-7
P
AGNEW ASSOCIATES, INC.
PROJECT NUMBER 98086
I
r
LUBBOCK CIVIC CENTER
LIFE SAFETY CODE UPGRADE
PEDESTRIAN MALL
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION TITLE
DIVISION 16
ELECTRICAL
PAGE
16000 GENERAL PROVISIONS FOR ELECTRICAL...........................................1-9
16060 MINOR ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION FOR REMODELING ........................1-3
16110 RACEWAYS AND FITTINGS................................................................1-7
16120 CONDUCTORS..................................................................................1-5
16475 CIRCUIT DISCONNECT AND OVERCURRENT DEVICES .........................1-2
16476 ENCLOSED CIRCUIT BREAKER...........................................................1-3
16721 FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS...................................................................... 1-22
This seal appearing on this document was authorized by Reese Wright, 79805 on January
20,1999. Alteration of a sealed document without proper notification to the responsible
Engineer is an offence under the Texas Engineering Practice act.
7
FSECTION 16000
GENERAL PROVISIONS FOR ELECTRICAL
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS:
A. General: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 1Specification Sections, apply to the work of
this Section.
1.02 ELECTRICAL LINES:
A. General: In general, the electrical lines to be installed under these specifications shall be
run as indicated, as specified herein, as required by particular conditions at the site, and
as required to conform to the generally accepted standards as to complete the work in a
neat and satisfactorily workable manner. The following is a general outline concerning
the running of electrical lines and is to be excepted where the drawings or conditions at
the building necessitate deviating from these standards.
B. General Construction: The Contractor shall thoroughly acquaint himself with the details
of the construction and finishes before submitting his bid as no allowances will be made
because of the Contractor's unfamiliarity with these details. Place all inserts in masonry
walls while they are under construction. All concealed lines shall be installed as required
by the pace of the general construction to precede that general construction.
C. Field Conditions: The electrical plans do not give exact details as to elevations of
electrical lines, exact locations, etc., and do not show all the offsets, and other
installation details. The Contractor shall carefully lay out his work at the site to conform
to the architectural and structural conditions, to avoid all obstruction, to conform to
details of installation supplied by the manufacturers of the equipment to be installed, and
thereby to provide an integrated, satisfactorily operating installation.
D. Locations of Electrical Devices: The electrical plans show diagrammatically the locations
of the various electrical outlets and apparatus and the method of circuiting and controlling
r" them. Exact locations of these outlets and apparatus shall be determined by reference to
the general plans and to all detail drawings, equipment drawings, roughing -in drawings,
etc., by measurements at the building, and in cooperation with other sections, and in all
cases shall be subject to the approval of the Architect. The Architect reserves the right to
make any reasonable change in location of any outlet or apparatus before installation
(within 10 feet of location shown on drawings) or after installation if an obvious conflict
7 exists, without additional cost to the Owner.
16000 - 1
r
4
E. Space Requirements: The Contractor shall be responsible for the proper fitting of his
material and apparatus into the space. Should the particular equipment which any bidder —�
proposes to install require other space conditions than those indicated on the drawings, he
shall arrange for such space with the Architect before submitting his bid. Should changes
become necessary on account of failure to comply with this clause, the Contractor shall
make such necessary changes at his (the Contractor's) own expense.
F. Working Drawings: The Contractor shall submit working scale drawings of all his _
apparatus and equipment which in any way varies from these specifications and plans,
which shall be checked by the Architect before the work is started, and interferences with
the structural conditions shall be corrected by the Contractor before the work proceeds.
G. Order of Precedence: Order of precedence shall be observed in laying out the conduit in
order to fit the material into the space above the ceiling and in the chases and walls. The
installation shall be coordinated with the work of all other trades. The following order -'
shall govern:
1. Items affecting the visual appearance of the inside of the building such as lighting
fixtures, outlets, panelboards, etc. Coordinate all items to avoid conflicts at the site.
2. Lines requiring grade to function such as sewers.
3. Large ducts and pipes with critical clearances.
4. Conduit, water lines, and other lines whose routing is not critical and whose
function would not be impaired by bends and offsets.
H., Equipment Connections: Conduits serving outlets on items of equipment shall be run in
the most appropriate manner. Where the equipment has built-in chases, the lines shall be
contained therein. Where the equipment is of the open type, the lines shall be run as —
close as possible to the underside of the top and in a neat and inconspicuous manner.
I. Exceptions and Inconsistencies: Exceptions and inconsistencies in plans and _
specifications shall be brought to the Architect's attention before the contract is signed.
Otherwise, the Contractor shall be responsible for any and all changes and additions that
may be necessary to accommodate his particular apparatus, material, or equipment.
Intent of Drawings and Specifications: The Contractor shall distinctly understand that the
work described herein and shown on the accompanying drawings shall result in a finished
and working job, and any item required to accomplish this intent shall be included
whether specifically mentioned or not.
K. Examination of Drawings and Specifications: Each bidder shall examine the Drawings
and Specifications for the General Construction. If these documents show any item
requiring work under Division 16 and that work is not indicated on the respective
Electrical drawings, he shall notify the Architect in sufficient time to clarify before
bidding. If no notification is received, the Contractor is assumed to require no
clarification, and shall install the work as indicated on the General Plans in accordance
with the specifications.
16000 - 2
r
1.03 DIMENSIONS:
A. General: Before ordering any material or doing any work, the Contractor shall verify all
dimensions, including elevations, and shall be responsible for the correctness of the same.
No extra charge or compensation will be allowed on account of differences between
actual dimensions and measurements indicated on the drawings. Any difference which
may be found shall be submitted to the Architect for consideration before proceeding with
the work.
1.04 INSPECTION OF SITE:
A. General: The accompanying plans do not indicate completely the existing electrical
installations. The bidders for the work under these sections of the specifications shall
inspect the existing installations and thoroughly acquaint themselves with conditions to be
met and the work to be accomplished in removing and modifying the existing work, and
in installing the new work in the present building and underground serving to and from
that structure. Failure to comply with this shall not constitute grounds for any additional
payments in connection with removing or modifying any part of the existing installations
and/or installing any new work.
1.05 ELECTRICAL WIRING:
A. Description: All electric wiring of every character, both for power supply, for pilot and
control, for temperature control, for communications, etc. will be done under Division 16
of these specifications. Every electrical current consuming device furnished as a part of
this project, or furnished by the Owner and installed in this project, shall be completely
wired up under Division 16. Verification of exact location, method of connection,
number and size of wires required, voltage requirements, and phase requirements is the
responsibility of the Contractor under Division 16. If conflicts occur between the
drawings and the actual requirements, actual requirements shall govern.
1.06 PROGRESS OF WORK:
A. General: The Contractor shall keep himself fully informed as to the progress of the work
and do his work at the proper time without waiting for notification from the Architect or
Owner.
1.07 MANUFACTURER'S DIRECTIONS:
A. General: All manufactured articles shall be applied, installed and handled as
recommended by the manufacturer.
1.08 MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP:
A. Materials: All materials shall be new unless otherwise specified and of the quality
specified. Materials shall be free from defects and undamaged. All materials of a type
for which the Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. have established a standard shall be listed
by the Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. and shall bear their label.
f
r, 16000 - 3
B. Samples: The Architect reserves the right to call for samples of any item of material
offered in substitution, together with a sample of the specified material, ,when, in the
Architect's opinion, the quality of the material and/or the appearance is involved and it is
deemed that an evaluation of the two materials may be better made by visual inspection. ^!
This shall be limited to lighting fixtures, wiring devices, and similar items and shall not
be applicable to major manufacturers' items of equipment.
C. Transportation: The Contractor shall be responsible for transportation of his materials to
and on the job, and shall be responsible for the storage and protection of these materials _
and work until the final acceptance of the job.
D. Appurtenances: The Contractor shall furnish all necessary scaffolding, tackle, tools and
appurtenances of all kinds, and all labor required for the safe and expeditious execution
of his contract.
E. Workmanship: The workmanship shall in all respects be of the highest grade and all
construction shall be done according to the best practice of the trade.
1.09 PROTECTION OF APPARATUS:
A. General: The Contractor shall at all times take such precautions as may be necessary to
properly protect his new apparatus from damage. This shall include the erection of all —
required temporary shelters to adequately protect any apparatus stored in the open on the
site, the cribbing of any apparatus above the floor of the construction, and the covering
of apparatus in the uncompleted building with tarpaulins or other protective covering. _-
Failure on the part of the Contractor to comply with the above to the entire satisfaction of
the Architect will be sufficient cause for the rejection of the pieces of apparatus in
question.
1.10 PERMITS, FEE, ETC.:
A. The Contractor under each section of these specifications shall secure all required permits
from the City of Lubbock. The City of Lubbock will not charge the contractor for any
inspection fee or other fees required by ordinance, law codes and these specifications.
1.11 TESTING:
A. General: The Contractor under each division shall at his own expense perform the
various tests as specified and required by the Architect and as required by the State and
local authorities. The Contractor shall furnish all fuel and materials necessary for
making tests.
16000 - 4
r
1.12 LAWS, CODES AND ORDINANCES:
A. General: All work shall be executed in strict accordance with all local, state and national
`
codes, ordinances and regulations governing the particular class of work involved, as
interpreted by the inspecting authority. The Contractor shall be responsible for the final
execution of the work under this heading to suit those requirements. Where these
specifications and the accompanying drawings conflict with these requirements, the
Contractor shall report the matter to the Architect, shall prepare any supplemental
drawings required illustrating how the work may be installed so as to comply and, on
approval, make the changes at no cost to the Owner. On completion of the various
portions of the work the installation shall be tested by the constituted authorities,
approved and, on completion of the work, the Contractor shall obtain and deliver to the
Owner a final certificate of acceptance.
1.13 TERMINOLOGY:
A. "Furnish, Provide, Install": Whenever the words "furnish", "provide", "furnish and
install," "provide and install', and/or similar phrases occur, it is the intent that the
materials and equipment described be furnished, installed and connected under this
Division of the Specifications, complete for operation unless specifically noted to the
contrary.
B. Materials: Where a material is described in detail, listed by catalogue number or
otherwise called for, it shall be the Contractor's responsibility to furnish and install the
material.
C. "Shall The use of the word "shall" conveys a mandatory condition to the contract.
D. "Section": "This section" always refers to the section in which the statement occurs.
E. "Project": "The project" includes all work in progress during the construction period.
F. Multiple Items: In describing the various items of equipment, in general, each item will
be described singularly, even though there may be a multiplicity of identical or similar
items.
1.14 COOPERATION:
A. General: The contractor for the work under each section of these specifications shall
coordinate his work with the work described in all other sections of the specifications to
the end that, as a whole, the job shall be a finished one of its kind, and shall carry on his
work in such a manner that none of the work under any section of these specifications
shall be handicapped, hindered or delayed at any time.
16000 - 5
1.15 COORDINATION OF TRADES:
A. General: The Contractor shall be responsible for resolving all coordination required I
between trades. For example, items furnished under Division 15 which require electrical
connections shall be coordinated with Division 16 for:
1. Voltage
2. Phase
3. Ampacity
4. No. and size of wires
5. Wiring diagrams
6. Starter size, details and location
7. Control devices and details
B. Ceiling Mounted Items: Items installed in/on finished ceilings shall be coordinated with
the ceiling construction. The Contractor under each section shall conform to the reflected
ceiling plan and shall secure details and/or samples of the ceiling materials as necessary
to insure compatibility. Any device not conforming to this requirement shall be replaced
by the Contractor at his expense.
C. Electrical Items: All items specified under Divisions 16 shall be installed tight, plumb,
level, square and symmetrically placed in relation to the work of other trades.
1.16 CUTTING AND PATCHING:
A. General: The Contractor for work specified under each section shall perform all
structural and general construction modifications and cut all openings through either roof,
walls, floors or ceilings required to install all work specified under that section or to J
repair any defects that appear up to the expiration of the guarantee. All of this cutting
shall be done under the supervision of the Architect and the Contractor shall exercise due
diligence to avoid cutting openings larger than required or in wrong locations.
B. Structural Members: No cutting shall be done to any of the structural members that
would tend to lessen their strength, unless specific permission is granted by the Architect
to do such cutting.
C. Patching: The Contractor for work under each section shall be responsible for the
patching of all openings cut to install the work covered by that section and to repair the —
damage resulting from the failure of any part of the work installed hereunder.
D. Coordination: Before bidding, the Contractor shall review and coordinate the cutting and
patching required with all trades.
E. Existing Surfaces: In all spaces where new work under Division 16 is installed and no
other alteration or refinishing work is shown or called for, existing floors, walls and
ceilings shall be restored to match existing conditions. All cutting and patching shall be
done by workmen skilled in the affected trade.
F
F
F. Masonry Walls: Where openings are cut through masonry walls, the Contractor under
each respective section shall provide and install lintels or other structural supports to
6 protect the remaining masonry and adequate support shall be provided during the cutting
operation to prevent any damage to the masonry occasioned by the operation. All
�. structural members, supports, etc, shall be of the size, shape, and installed as directed by
the Architect.
1.17 PAINTING:
A. Painting for Division 16 shall be as follows:
1. If the factory finish on any apparatus or equipment is marred, it shall be touched up
and then given one coat of half -flat -half -enamel, followed by a coat of machinery
enamel of a color to match the original. Paint factory primed surfaces.
2. Paint all exposed conduit,boxes, cabinets, hangers and supports, and miscellaneous
metal.
3. Generally, painting is required on all surfaces such that no exposed bare metal is
visible.
1.18 LARGE APPARATUS:
A. General: Any large piece of apparatus which is to be installed in any space in the
building, and which is too large to permit access through windows, doorways or shafts,
shall be brought to the job by the Contractor involved and placed in the space before the
enclosing structure is completed.
1.19 INSTALLATION DRAWINGS:
A. General: It shall be incumbent upon the Contractor to prepare special drawings as called
for elsewhere herein or as directed by the Architect to coordinate the work under each
section, to illustrate changes in his work, to facilitate its concealment in finished spaces
to avoid obstructions or to illustrate the adaptability of any item of equipment which he
proposes to use. These drawings shall be used in the field for the actual installation of
the work. Unless otherwise directed, they shall not be submitted for approval but three
copies shall be provided to the Architect for his information.
1.20 ROUGH -IN AND MAKE FINAL CONNECTION FOR EQUIPMENT:
A. General: The shop drawings for all equipment are hereby made a part of these
specifications. The Contractor under each section of the specifications shall rough -in for
the exact item to be furnished on the job, whether in another section of the specifications
or by the Owner. The Contractor shall refer to all drawings and other sections of the
specifications for the scope of work involved for the new equipment, and by actual site
examination determine the scope of the required equipment connections for the Owner
furnished equipment.
r 16000 - 7
B. Discrepancies: Should anyof the equipment furnished require connections of a nature
different from that shown on the drawings, report the matter to the Architect and finally
connect as directed by the Architect. Minor differences in the equipment furnished and
that indicated on the drawings will not constitute ground for additional payment to the
Contractor.
1.21 YEAR 2000 PERFORMANCE WARRANTY
A. For purposes of this warranty, the following definitions shall apply:
1. "Accurately" shall be defined to include:
2. Calculations correctly performed using four digit year processing;
3. Functionality on-line, batch, including but not limited to, entry, inquiry,
maintenance and updates support four digit year processing;
4. Interfaces and reports must support four digit year processing;
5. Successful translation into year 2000 with valid date (e.g. CC/YY/MM/DD) without "
human intervention. Additional representations for week, hour, minute and second,
if required, complies with the international standard ISO 8601:1988, "Data elements
and interchange formats - Information exchange Representation of dates and time. "
When ordinal dates are used, the ISO standard format CCYYDDD is used;
6. Processing with four digit year after transition to any date beyond the year 2000
without human intervention; —
7. Correct results in forward and backward date calculations spanning century
boundaries;
8. Correct leap year calculations; and
9. Correct forward and backward date calculations spanning century boundaries,
including conversion of previous years stored, recorded or entered as two digits.
B. "Date integrity" shall mean all manipulations of time -related data (dates, durations, days
of week, etc.) will produce desired results for all valid date values within the application
domain.
C. "Explicit century" shall mean date elements in interfaces and data storage permit
specifying century to eliminate date ambiguity.
D. "Extraordinary actions" shall be defined to mean any action outside the normal
documented processing steps identified in the product's reference documentation.
E. "General integrity" shall mean no value for current date will cause interruptions in
.desired operation- especially from the 20th to 21st centuries.
F. "Implicit century" shall mean for any data element without century, the correct century
is unambiguous for all manipulations involving that element.
G. "Product" or "products" shall be defined to include, but is not limited to, any supplied
or supported hardware, software, firmware and/or micro code.
iC�i:�:i3
t
H. "Valid date" shall be defined as a date containing a four digit year, a two digit month and
a two digit day., or the ISO 8601:1988, Data elements - Information Exchange -
Representation of dates and times". When ordinal dates are used, ISO standard format of
CCYYDDD is used.
1.22 The contractor warrants that product(s) delivered and installed under this contract shall be able
to accurately process valid date data when used in accordance with the product documentation
provided by the contractor and require no extraordinary actions on the part of the Owner or its
personnel. Products under this Contract possess general integrity, date integrity, explicit and
implicit century capabilities. If the Contract requires that specific products must perform as a
system in accordance with the foregoing warranty, then the warranty shall apply to those listed
products as a system. The duration of this warranty and the remedies available the Owner for
breach of this warranty shall be as defined in, and subject to, the terms and conditions
contained in this Contract; provided, that notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in
such commercial warranty or warranties, the remedies available to the Owner under this
warranty shall include repair or replacement of any supplied product whose non-compliance is
discovered and made known to the contractor in writing within one year after final acceptance,
as that term is defined elsewhere in the contract. Nothing in this warranty shall be considered
to limit any rights or remedies the Owner may otherwise have under this contract with respect
to defects other than Year 2000 performance.
1.23 Prior to final acceptance the Owner may require demonstration of correct system operation
without manual intervention before and after roll over between the following dates:
Dec 31, 1998 - Jan 1, 1999
Tests for use of 9's as control code errors
Sep 9, 1999 -
Sep 10, 1999
Tests for use of 9's as control code errors
Dec 31, 1999 -
Jan 1, 2000
Tests century digits rollover
Feb 28, 2000 -
Feb 29, 2000
Tests. recognition of leap year
Feb 29, 2000 -
Mar 1, 2000
Tests recognition of leap year
Mar 31, 2000 -
Apr 1, 2000
Tests recognition of leap year
Apr 30, 2000 -
May 1, 2000
Tests recognition of leap year
Dec 31, 2000 -
Jan 1, 2001
Tests millennium rollover
Feb 28, 2001 -
Mar 1, 2001
Tests recognition of no leap year
Dec 31, 2009 -
Jan 1, 2010
Tests normal decade rollover
Dec 31, 2027 -
Jan 1, 2028
Tests normal decade rollover
END OF SECTION
�. 16000 - 9
P
E
SECTION 16060
4
MINOR ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION FOR REMODELING
r, PART 1 - GENERAL
I
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS:
r A. General: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Divisioni Specification sections, apply to the work of this
section.
b
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
r 2.01 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT:
R
a
A. Materials and equipment for patching and extending work: As specified in individual
OUR
Sections.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
P-.
3.01 EXAMINATION:
A. Field Measurements: Verify field measurements and circuiting arrangements areas
shown on Drawings.
B. Abandoned Circuits: Verify that abandoned wiring and equipment serve only abandoned
facilities.
C. Field Conditions: Demolition Drawings are based on casual field observation and
rexisting record documents. Report discrepancies to Owner and Architect/Engineer before
disturbing existing installation.
d D. Existing Conditions: Beginning of demolition means installer accepts existing conditions.
d 3.02 PREPARATION:
r
t A. Demolition: Disconnect electrical systems in walls, floors, and ceilings scheduled for
removal.
r"
B. Utility Coordination: Coordinate utility service outages with Utility Company.
C. Temporary Wiring: Provide temporary wiring and connections to maintain existing
systems in service during construction. When work must be performed on energized
equipment or circuits, use personnel experienced in such operations.
r
r
p
16060 - 1
r
e
4
D. Existing Fire Alarm System: Maintain existing system in service until new system is
accepted. Disable system only to make switchovers and connections. Notify Owner at
least 72 hours before partially or completely disabling system. Minimize outage
duration. Make temporary connections to maintain service in areas adjacent to work
area. ;
3.03 DEMOLITION AND EXTENSION OF EXISTING ELECTRICAL WORK:
A. General: Demolish and extend existing electrical work under provisions of the Drawings,
General Provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary, Conditions and
Division 1 Specification sections.
B. New Construction: Remove, relocate, and extend existing installations to accommodate
new construction.
C. Abandoned Wiring: Remove abandoned wiring to source of supply.
D. Abandoned Devices: Disconnect abandoned outlets and remove devices. Remove
abandoned outlets if conduit servicing them is abandoned and removed. Provide blank
cover for abandoned outlets which are not removed.
E. Abandoned Panelboards: Disconnect and remove abandoned panelboards and distribution
equipment.
F. Abandoned Equipment: Disconnect and remove electrical devices and equipment serving
utilization equipment that has been removed.
G. Abandoned Lighting Fixtures: Disconnect and remove abandoned lighting fixtures.
Remove brackets, stems, hangers, and other accessories.
H. Adjacent Construction: Repair adjacent construction and finishes damaged during
demolition and extension work.
I. Existing wiring to remain active: Maintain access to existing electrical installations
which remain active. Modify installation or provide access panel as appropriate.
J. Extension of existing wiring: Extend existing installations using materials and methods
compatible with existing electrical installations, as specified.
3.04 CLEANING AND REPAIR:
A. Existing Materials: Clean and repair existing materials and equipment which remain or
are to be reused. —
B. Panelboards: Clean exposed surfaces and check tightness of electrical connections.
Replace damaged circuit breakers and provide closure plates for vacant positions.
Provide typed circuit directory showing revised circuiting arrangement.
16060 - 2
A
C. Lighting Fixtures: Remove existing lighting fixtures for cleaning. Use mild detergent to
clean all exterior and interior surfaces; rinse with clean water and wipe dry. Replace
lamps and broken electrical parts.
3.05 INSTALLATION:
A. Relocated Materials: Install relocated materials and equipment under the provisions of
Division 1 of the Specifications.
END OF SECTION
16060 - 3
F SECTION 16110
RACEWAYS AND FITTINGS
PART 1-GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS:
r A. General: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division-1 Specification sections, apply to the work of this
section.
1.02 SUBMITTALS:
A. General: Submit manufacturer's data on all materials according to the Conditions of the
Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections.
B. Product Data: Submit for review complete manufacturer's catalog information on all
items specified herein, including materials, construction and UL listing. Provide
manufacturer's catalog data on all conduit, conduit fittings, raceway, outlet boxes, pull
boxes and junction boxes.
1.03 SCOPE:
A. Description: The work shall include furnishing and installing all electrical raceways,
conduit, wireways, pull and junction boxes and outlet boxes, together with all fittings,
supporting devices, and other accessories required.
1.04 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS:
A. Code Requirements: Conform to requirements of ANSI/NFPA 70 (National Electrical
Code) and all applicable State and Local Electrical Ordinances.
B. UL Listing: Furnish products listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. as
suitable for purpose specified and shown.
1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING:
A. General: Deliver, store, protect, and handle products under provisions of the General
Requirements. Accept delivery of conduit, raceway, pull and junction and outlet boxes
on site and inspect for damage. Report concealed damage to carrier within their required
time period. Protect conduit and raceway from corrosion and entrance of debris by
storing above grade protected from the weather. Provide appropriate covering. Protect
PVC conduit from sunlight.
1.06 PROJECT CONDITIONS:
A. Field Measurements: Verify that field measurements are as shown on the Drawings.
�l
B. Routing of Conduit: Verify routing and termination locations of conduit prior to
rough -in. Conduit routing is shown on the Drawings in approximate locations unless
dimensioned. The contractor shall verify all site conditions and shall route as required to
complete the wiring system.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 CONDUITS:
A. Rigid Aluminum Conduit: UL listed and labeled, conforming to UL Standard UL6 and
ANSI Standard C80.5; coupling on one end of each conduit length and threaded protector
on other end; Alcoa, Kaiser, Reynolds or approved equivalent.
B. Flexible Metal Conduit: Spirally wound with hot dip galvanized steel strips (commercial
Greenfield) or interlocked aluminum construction; conforming to UL Standard UL 1 and
UL listed and labeled; Triangle Conduit and Cable Company, or approved equivalent.
2.02 CONDUIT FITTINGS:
A. Couplings and Terminations for Electrical Metallic Tubing (Compression Couplings):
Join lengths of EMT with steel compression type couplings conforming to ANSUNEMA
FBI. Attach EMT to boxes or cabinets with steel compression -type box connectors
having an insulated throat with locknuts. Where grounding bushings are requires at
terminations, they shall be T&B Series 3802, or approved equivalent. Set screw type
connectors or indent connectors will not be allowed. ._
B. Couplings and Terminations for Flexible Metal Conduit Conforming to ANSUNEMA
FBI; T & B 440 Series or approved equivalent couplings at connections between flexible
and rigid conduit; T & B 3110 or 3130 Series or approved equivalent nylon insulated
throat, steel connectors at box or cabinet terminations.
2.03 OUTLET BOXES:
A. General: Outlet boxes shall be UL listed of sizes and types specified.
B. Sheet Steel Boxes: NEMA OS 1, sheet steel not lighter than No. 14 gauge, galvanized
after fabrication; Raco, Steel City, Appleton or approved equivalent.
C. Cast Metal Boxes: NEMA FBI, cast iron or cast alloy with threaded hubs; Crouse -
Hinds, Appleton, Pyle National or approved equivalent.
2.04 PULL BOXES AND JUNCTION BOXES:
A. Description: Sheet steel, galvanized inside and outside, with galvanized covers.
B. Small Boxes: For boxes where the volume required is not over 100 cubic inches, use
standard outlet boxes. _.
16110 - 2
r
F
rC. Larger Boxes: For boxes where the volume required is over 100 cubic inches, use
cabinets as specified for panelboards cabinets with covers of the same gauge as cabinets,
r- secured with corrosion resistant bolts or screws.
2.05 SURFACE RACEWAY:
A. Surface Raceway: Galvanized Steel with snap on covers, UL listed and sized as shown
on the Drawings. Finish surface raceway with all fittings, couplings, hangers, boxes and
accessories as required for a complete installation. The surface raceway shall be finished
in the manufacturer's standard buff finish. As manufactured by Wiremold,
Walker/Parkersburg or approved equivalent.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION:
A. General: Examine surfaces to receive raceways, boxes and enclosures for compliance
with installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the raceway
system. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been
corrected.
3.02 WIRING METHODS:
A. Description: All wiring of every description shall be run in conduit or electrical metallic
tubing unless noted or specified otherwise. Conduits may be run exposed in machinery
t and electrical rooms and unfinished areas. All other conduits shall be run concealed
unless otherwise noted.
f 3.03 CONDUIT REQUIREMENTS:
A. Dry Locations:
1. Concealed: Electrical metallic tubing.
2. Exposed within 6 feet of finished floor: Rigid steel conduit or intermediate metal
conduit.
3. Exposed above 6 feet of finished floor where not subject to mechanical damage:
Rigid steel conduit, intermediate metal conduit or electrical metallic tubing.
4. Minimum size: 1/2 inch.
3.04 INSTALLATION OF BUILDING RACEWAYS:
A. Installation: Install conduit in accordance with NECA "Standard Of Installation." Install
raceways, boxes and enclosures according to the manufacturer's written instructions.
B. Conduits: All exposed runs shall be installed level and square and at proper elevations,
parallel to the surface of the building in a neat and orderly manner. Provide adequate
headroom.
16110 - 3
--1
C. Bends: Install no more than the equivalent of four 90-degree bends between boxes.
Make field bends with approved bending devices. Use hydraulic one-shot bender to
fabricate bends in metal conduit larger than 2 inch size. Make bends and offsets so the
inside diameter is not reduced. Unless otherwise indicated, keep the legs of a bend in the
same plane and the straight legs of offsets parallel. Do not install bends or offsets in
which conduit is crushed, deformed or otherwise injured.
D. Conduit Bodies: Use conduit bodies to make sharp changes in direction.
E. Completion: Complete raceway installation before starting conductor installation.
F. Sizes: Size and install raceways so that conductors may be drawn in without injury or
excessive strain. Sizes of conduits shown on the drawings are minimum sizes to be
installed.
G. Connections: Use lengths of flexible metal conduit, not less than 12 inches long and not
more than 24 inches long at final connections to all motors, generators, controls and
other devices subject to movement because of vibration or mechanical adjustment. In
damp or wet locations, and where installed outdoors, use liquidtight flexible metal
conduit.
H. Connections to Recessed Lighting Fixtures: Use maximum of 6 feet flexible metal
conduit at connections to recessed lighting fixtures, and elsewhere as required.
I. Around Heat Producing Equipment: Do not install raceways within twelve inches of
steam and hot water pipes, breeching and flues, except where crossings are unavoidable,
and then keep raceways at least six inches from insulation on the pipe, breeching or flue
crossed. Wherever possible, avoid installing raceways directly above or in close
proximity to boilers and other like objects operating at high temperatures.
J. Protection of Raceways: Seal ends of all raceways with blank discs ("pennies"), push
pennies or other approved closers during construction to prevent foreign matter from
entering raceway. Do not pull any conductors into raceways until all plastering in the
vicinity is completed. Swab out all raceways before pulling in conductors.
K. Penetrations: Wherever raceways pass through floors, walls partitions, etc., carefully fill
any space between the outside of the raceway and the building material to prevent
passage of air, water, smoke and fumes. Filling material shall be fire resistive and, in
general, similar to the basic building materials through which the raceway passes.
L. . Pulling Devices in Empty Raceways: Provide in every empty raceway, not containing
conductors to be installed by this Contractor, a suitable pull line to facilitate future
installation of wiring. Lines shall be free from splices and shall have not less than 12
inches of slack at each end of the pull line. Identify each end of each line with a linen
tag bearing complete information as to the purpose of the raceway and the location of its
other end. All lines shall be nylon or polyethylene cord with a tensile strength not less
than 200 pounds.
16110 - 4
r
3.05 JOINING AND TERMINATING CONDUITS:
A. Joining Electrical Metallic Tubing: Cut conduit square using saw or pipe cutter; de -burr
cut ends. Bring conduit to shoulder of fittings and fasten securely.
B. Terminations: Where raceways are terminated with locknuts and bushings, align the
raceway to enter squarely, and install the locknuts with dished part against the box.
Where terminations cannot be made secure with one locknut, use two locknuts, one
inside and one outside the box. Where terminating in threaded hubs, screw the raceway
or fitting tight into the hub so the end bears against the wire protection shoulder. Where
chase nipples are used, align the raceway so the coupling is square to the box, and
tighten the chase nipples so no threads are exposed.
3.06 CONDUIT SUPPORTS:
A. Support Spacing: Use minimum spacing as directed by National Electrical Code, but
space hangers more closely where required by conditions.
B. Vertical Conduit Risers: Support vertical conduits at each floor by means of riser clamps
or U-bolts, clamping them to a steel channel bridging the opening in the floor.
C. Individual Conduits: Support conduits running vertically or horizontally with galvanized
malleable iron one hole clamps. Carry individually supported horizontal conduits 1-1/4"
.� and larger on galvanized steel hangers. Use no perforated strap iron as hanger material.
tArrange supports to prevent misalignment of conduit during wire installation.
D. Above Non -removable Ceilings: Where conduits smaller than 1-1/4" are installed above
metal lath and plaster ceilings or mechanically suspended dry ceilings of the non -
removable type, they may be supported on ceiling runner channels.
E. Above Removable Ceilings: Where conduits smaller than 1-1/4" are installed above
removable ceilings, attach them to the structure or bar joists (where present) or support
them on threaded hanger rods with clips. Do not use any wire to support conduits or to
attach conduits to supporting members. Do not attach conduit to ceiling support wires.
Locate conduits a sufficient distance above the ceiling to permit removal of the ceiling
panels. Locate them sous not to hinder access to mechanical and electrical equipment
through the ceiling panels.
F. Multiple Conduits: Where multiple raceways are run horizontally at the same elevations,
they may be supported on trapezes formed of sections of Unistrut or approved equal
angle iron or channels suspended on rods or pipes. Size trapeze members including the
suspension rods for the number size and loaded weight of the conduits they are to
support. Space them as required for the smallest conduit supported.. Group related
conduits together. Provide space on each rack for 25 percent additional conduit.
I
16110 - 5
E
3.07 INSTALLATION OF OUTLET BOXES:
A. Usage: Provide at each outlet or device of whatever character a metal outlet box in —i
which conduits shall terminate. Install boxes in accordance with NECA "Standard of
Installation." Install in locations as shown on the Drawings, and as required for splices, _
taps, wire pulling, equipment connections and compliance with regulatory requirements.
B. Boxes recessed in construction: Sheet steel boxes.
C. For Lighting Fixture Outlets: 4" octagonal by 1-1/2" minimum depth with 3/8" fixture
stud for incandescent lights which are surface mounted, wall mounted or suspended.
D. Location of Boxes: Set wall mounted boxes at elevations to accommodate mounting
heights indicated or specified in section for outlet device. Electrical boxes are shown on
Drawings in approximate locations unless dimensioned. Adjust box location. up to 10 feet
if required to accommodate intended purpose. Install pull boxes and junction boxes
above accessible ceilings and in unfinished areas only.
E. Above Accessible Ceilings: Install outlet and junction boxes no more than 6 inches from
ceiling access panel or from removable recessed lighting fixture. Locate outlet boxes to
allow lighting fixtures positioned as shown on reflected ceiling plan.
F. Fire Resistance: Install boxes to preserve fire resistance rating of partitions and other
elements, using materials and methods specified. _
G. Coordination: Coordinate mounting heights and locations of outlets mounted above
counters, benches, and backsplashes. _
H. Adjacent Devices: Align adjacent wall mounted outlet boxes for switches, thermostats,
and similar devices.
I. Wall Boxes: Use flush mounting outlet box in finished areas. Do not install flush
mounting box back-to-back in walls; provide minimum 6 inches separation. Provide
minimum 24 inches separation in acoustic rated walls. Secure flush mounting box to
interior wall and partition studs. Accurately position to allow for surface finish
thickness. Use stamped steel bridges to fasten flush mounting outlet box between studs.
Install flush mounting box without damaging wall insulation or reducing its effectiveness. —
J. Ceiling Boxes: Use adjustable steel channel fasteners for hung ceiling outlet box. Do
not fasten to ceiling support wires or ceiling panels. Support boxes independently of
conduit.
K. Gang Boxes: Use gang box where more than one device is mounted together. Do not
use sectional box. Use gang box with plaster ring for single device outlets.
16110 - 6
r
3.08 INSTALLATION OF PULL AND JUNCTION BOXES:
A. Sizing: Size all pull and junction boxes in accordance with NEC, using larger sizes than
required by code where job conditions so indicate.
B. Mounting: Fasten all boxes securely to the building construction, independent of conduit
systems. On concealed conduit systems where boxes are not otherwise accessible, set
box covers flush with finished surfaces for access.
3.09 IDENTIFICATION OF PULL AND JUNCTION BOXES:
A. Branch Circuits: Each pull and junction box shall be labeled with indelible ink to
indicate the wiring contained inside the box. The label shall indicate the panel and circuit
number of the wiring contained.
B. Other System: Boxes serving other systems shall be labeled with indelible ink to indicate
the wiring contained inside the box. Identify the wiring system by name (Fire Alarm,
P.A., Telephone, Data Cable, Nurse Call, Security, Closed-circuit TV, Etc.).
3.10 INSTALLATION OF SURFACE RACEWAYS:
A. General: Surface raceway shall be installed parallel to the wall line in a neat and orderly
manner. The surface raceway shall be mounted using only such fasteners that are
recommended by the manufacturer for the type of surface material encountered. Paint
raceway to match surface installation.
B. Usage: Surface raceways and boxes shall be installed on all existing inaccessible walls
where concealed conduit is not possible. All raceways and boxes shall be painted to
match existing wall conditions.
END OF SECTION
�,,, 16110-7
r
r
SECTION 16120
CONDUCTORS
PART 1 - GENERAL.
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS:
A. General: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification sections, apply to the work of this
section.
1.02 SUBMITTALS:
A. General: Submit manufacturer's data on all materials according to the Conditions of the
Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections.
B. Product Data: Submit for review complete manufacturer's catalog information on all
items specified herein, including materials, construction and UL listing. Provide
manufacturer's catalog data on conductor and insulation materials.'
C. Manufacturer's Instructions: Submit for review complete manufacturer's instructions.
Indicate application conditions and limitations of use stipulated by Product testing agency
specified under Regulatory Requirements.
1.03 SCOPE:
A. Description: The work shall include the furnishing of all conductors, together with all
splices, connections, terminations and identification for wiring systems rated 600 volts
and less.
1.04 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS:
A. Code Requirements: Conform to requirements of ANSI/NFPA 70 (National Electrical
Code) and all applicable State and Local Electrical Ordinances.
B. UL Listing: Furnish products listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. as
suitable for purpose specified and shown.
1.05 PROJECT CONDITIONS:
A. Field Measurements: Verify that field measurements are as shown on the Drawings.
B. Routing of Wire and Cable: Wire and cable routing shown on the Drawings is
approximate unless dimensioned. Route wire and cable as required to meet Project
Conditions. Where wire and cable routing is not shown, and destination only is
indicated, determine exact routing and lengths required.
16120 - 1
FWJ
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 CONDUCTORS (600 VOLTS AND UNDER):
A. Type: Soft drawn, annealed copper, UL listed, rated at 600 volts, continuous without _
weld, splice or joint, uniform cross-section, free from flaws, scale and other
imperfections. No. 8 and larger shall be stranded; No. 10 and smaller shall be solid.
B. Insulation: Branch circuits shall have type THHN or THWN-2 insulation, temperature r
rated 90 degrees C, unless the type is specifically designated or specified. Service
feeders shall be type THWN-2. Feeder circuits shall be Type THWN-2.
C. Circuits Subjected to High Temperatures: Type THHN or THWN-2 conductors,
temperature rated 90 degrees C, for wiring in proximity to boilers, and for motors and
devices subject to high temperature because of high ambient temperature or convection or
radiant heat.
D. Lighting Fixture Conductors: Type and size approved by the NEC for the purpose.
E. Manufacturers: Okonite, Triangle, Anaconda, Simplex or approved equivalent.
2.02 JOINTS AND SPLICES:
A. Stranded Copper Conductors: UL approved solderless bolted pressure connectors or
compression connectors. All connectors shall be of proper sizes to match conductor
sizes. All compression connectors shall be applied with properly sized dies and tools.
Split -bolt connectors are not acceptable. _
B. Solid Copper Conductors: UL approved solderless bolted pressure connectors; or UL
approved electrical spring connectors make. All connectors shall be of proper sizes to
match conductor sizes. Split bolt connectors are not acceptable.
2.03 COLOR CODING:
A. General: Use standardized color -coding of conductors throughout. All color coding shall
be continuous for the entire length of the conductors, and shall be permanent and readily
distinguished after installation. In cases where the specified colors of insulated wire and
cable are unavailable, such conductors shall be color -coded, as specified above, by means
of slip-on colored plastic sleeves or plastic tape at all pull boxes, support boxes, outlet
boxes, panelboards, and other terminal and splicing points. ,
B. Neutral and Grounding Conductors: Neutral conductors shall be white or natural grey.
Grounding conductors shall be green, or green with one or more yellow stripes.
C. 208 Volt System: Phase conductors shall be black, red and blue for phases, A, B, and C
respectively in the 208 volt system.
16120 - 2
i
r+
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION:
A. General: Examine raceways and building finishes to receive wires and cables for
compliance with installation tolerances and other conditions. Do not proceed with
installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.02 WIRE PULLING:
A. Preparation: Completely and thoroughly swab raceway before installing wire. Pull no
conductors into conduits until all work of a nature which may cause injury to conductors
is completed.
B. Pulling Lines: Provide suitable installation equipment for pulling conductors into
raceways or conduits. Use ropes of polyethylene, nylon or other suitable material to pull
in conductors. Attach pulling lines to conductors by means of woven basket grips or by
pulling eyes attached directly to conductors.
C. Multiple Wires in a Raceway: All conductors to be installed in a single conduit shall be
pulled in simultaneously.
D. Cable Lubricant: Use an Underwriters' listed cable pulling compound for building wire
No. 4 and larger. All cable lubricants shall be UL listed, and shall be certified by their
manufacturer to be non -injurious to the insulation on which they are used.
E. Existing Conduit: Remove existing wire from raceway before pulling in new conductors.
3.03 INSTALLATION OF BUILDING WIRE (600 VOLTS AND UNDER):
A. General: Install conductors as indicated, according to manufacturer's written instructions
and the NECA "Standard of Installation."
B. Feeders: Run all feeders their entire length in continuous pieces without joints or splices,
insofar as practicable. Make joints in branch circuits only where circuits divide as shown
on drawings. Such joints shall consist of one through circuit to which shall be spliced the
tap circuit.
C. Branch Circuits: Not more than one power or lighting circuit shall be installed in a
single conduit, except that one 3-wire circuit or one 4-wire circuit consisting of 2
different phase wires and a common neutral or 3 different phase wires and a common
neutral may be installed in a single conduit. This provision shall not prohibit the
installation in a single conduit of all conductors of a circuit with three- and four-way
switching.
D. Dedicated Neutrals: Where indicated on the drawings, branch circuits shall be installed
with dedicated neutrals in a single conduit.
r
16120 - 3
f:
E. Wiring at Outlets and Switches: Install with at least 12 inches of slack conductor at each
outlet and wall switch.
F. Terminations: Connect outlets and components to wiring and to ground as indicated and
instructed by manufacturer. Tighten connectors and terminals, including screws and _
bolts, according to equipment manufacturer's published torque -tightening values or as
specified in UL Standard 486A.
G. Sizes: No wire shall be smaller than No. 12 except for signal or control circuits, and _
except for individual lighting fixture taps as permitted by the National Electrical Code.
H. Receptacle and Motor Branch Circuits: No. 12 conductors unless noted or scheduled
otherwise.
I. Home runs on 120 volt, 20 ampere Lighting Branch Circuits: Where length of run from
panelboard to first lighting outlet exceeds 75 feet use No. 10 conductors; otherwise use
No. 12 conductors.
J. Emergency Lighting and Power Conductors: Run in conduits separate from all other
wiring.
K. Joints and Splices: Make joints and splices only where necessary and only at outlet
boxes and pull boxes. All joints shall be mechanically and electrically secure. After a
joint or splice is complete, insulate it with rubber tape, and friction tape to make the
insulation of the joint or splice equal to that of the conductor. In lieu of this, vinyl plastic
tape may be used if applied in at least four layers (half lapped in two directions), with all
larger splices, terminals, sharp corners and voids being first protected by application of _
insulating putty.
L. Wet Locations: Conductor splices in wet locations shall be made in accordance with the
conductor manufacturer's recommendations.
M. Identifying Labels: Adhesive vinyl cloth or vinyl self -laminating adhesive labels;
stamped to clearly identify each circuit. Handwritten labels are not acceptable. Securely
fasten labels to all cables, feeders and power circuits in pull boxes, outlet boxes,
wireways, lighting, power and distribution panelboards, etc.
N. Bundling Conductors: Bundle all conductors in panelboards, cabinets and the like, using
marlin twine lacing or nylon straps made for the purpose. Bundle conductors larger than
No. 10 in individual circuits. Bundle smaller conductors in larger groups. --
O. Cable Supports and Boxes: Install cable supports and boxes for all vertical conductors in
accordance with National Electrical Code requirements. Boxes shall be of heavy
galvanized steel plate construction, -not less than No. 10 USS gauge, riveted to an angle
iron frame. Removable box covers shall be secured with corrosion -resistant screws. For
16120 - 4
.J
j
cables without a metallic sheath, cable supports shall be of the split wedge type which
clamps each conductor firmly and tightens due to the weight of cable. For cables with
metallic sheath, a basket weave or equal type of support shall be provided as approved by
the cable manufacturer.
4
d
END OF SECTION
P
E'
E
r
R
i1}
d
4
16120 - 5
8
SECTION 16475
CIRCUIT DISCONNECT AND OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS:
A. General: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification sections, apply to the work of this
section.
1.02 SUBMITTALS:
A. General: Submit manufacturer's data on all materials according to the Conditions of the
Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections.
B. Product Data: Submit for review complete manufacturer's catalog information on all
items specified herein, including materials, construction and UL listing. Provide data
sheets showing electrical characteristics including time -current curves.
C. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: Submit for review all operation and maintenance
manuals for items specified herein. Indicate application conditions and limitations of use
stipulated by Product testing agency specified under Regulatory Requirements. Include
all operation and maintenance manuals.
1.03 SCOPE:
A. Description: The work shall include all labor, material, equipment, and service
necessary for and incidental to the electrical distribution system.
1.04 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS:
A. Code Requirements: Conform to requirements of ANSI/NFPA 70 (National Electrical
Code) and all applicable State and Local Electrical Ordinances.
B. UL Listing: Furnish products listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. as
suitable for purpose specified and shown.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MOLDED CASE THERMAL MAGNETIC TRIP CIRCUIT BREAKERS:
A. Description: NEMA AB 1, molded case, one, two and three pole, with integral thermal
and instantaneous magnetic trip in each pole, UL listed. Two and three pole circuit
breakers with common trip and single operating handle. Handle ties between breakers
are unacceptable. Circuit breakers shall have the voltage and trip rating scheduled or
indicated on the Drawings.
r
C
16475 - 1
r-
r
t
B. Operation: Operating mechanism shall be over center, trip free, toggle mechanism with
quick -make, quick -break action with positive handle indication.
C. Trip Elements: Thermal magnetic trip element calibrated for 40 deg. C. ambient
temperature.
D. Terminations: Terminations for 10-30 ampere breakers shall be UL listed for use with
60 degree C. or 75 degree C. conductors. Terminations for breakers 35 ampere and
greater shall be UL listed for use with 75 degree C conductors.
E. Interrupting Rating: Circuit breakers shall have minimum RMS symmetrical ampere
interrupting ratings as scheduled on drawings.
F. Switching Duty: UL listed SWD for switching duty, 15 and 20 ampere single pole,
suitable for 120 volts ac fluorescent loads.
G. HACR Listing: UL listed as HACR type, 120/240 volt, 15-60 ampere, one, two and
three pole, to serve heating air conditioning and refrigeration equipment. Provide circuit
breakers UL listed as Type HACR for air conditioning equipment branch circuits.
H. Accessories: Provide circuit breakers with switching neutral, shunt trip, ground fault
current interrupters, or remote controlled operators as scheduled on the drawings.
I. Motor Circuit Protectors: Where indicate on the Drawings or Specified elsewhere
provide molded case circuit breaker with integral instantaneous magnetic trip element in
each pole.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION:
A. Provide shunt trip capabilities as shown on the drawings.
END OF SECTION
16475 - 2
SECTION 16476
ENCLOSED CIRCUIT BREAKERS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS:
A. General: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification sections, apply to the work of this
section.
1.02 SUBMITTALS:
A. General: Submit manufacturer's data on all materials according to the Conditions of the
Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections.
�^ B. Product Data: Submit for review complete manufacturer's catalog information on all
items specified herein, including materials, construction and UL listing. Provide catalog
sheets showing ratings, trip units, time current curves, dimensions, and enclosure details.
C. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate application conditions and limitations of
use stipulated by Product testing agency specified under Regulatory Requirements.
Include instructions for storage, handling, protection, examination, preparation,
installation, and starting of Product.
1.03 SCOPE:
A. Description: The work shall include all labor, material, equipment, and service
necessary for and incidental to the complete electrical distribution system.
1.04 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS:
A. Code Requirements: Conform to requirements of ANSI/NFPA 70 (National Electrical
Code) and all applicable State and Local Electrical Ordinances.
B. UL Listing: Furnish products listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. as
suitable for purpose specified and shown.
1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING:
A. General: Deliver, store, protect, and handle Products to site according to the Conditions
of the Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections. Accept delivery of enclosed circuit
breakers on site and inspect for damage. Report concealed damage to carrier within their
required time period. Protect from corrosion and entrance of debris by storing above
grade protected from the weather. Provide appropriate covering.
16476 1
r'
1.06 PROJECT CONDITIONS:
^I
A. Field Measurements: Verify that field measurements are as shown on the Drawings.
B. Location of Enclosed Circuit Breakers: Verify locations of enclosed circuit breakers
prior to installation. Circuit breakers are shown on Drawings in approximate locations
unless dimensions are indicated. Locate as required to complete wiring system.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS:
A. General: Circuit breakers shall be of General Electric, Square D, Westinghouse,
Challenger, Siemens or approved equivalent manufacture.
2.02 MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKER:
A. Molded Case Thermal Magnetic Trip Circuit Breaker: Circuit breakers shall be molded --
case with thermal magnetic trip as described in Section 16475 - CIRCUIT
DISCONNECT AND OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES.
2.03 PRODUCT OPTIONS AND FEATURES:
A. Grounding Lug: Provide grounding lug in each enclosure. _
B. Service Entrance Equipment: Provide Products suitable for use as service entrance
equipment where so applied.
2.04 ENCLOSURE:
A. Enclosure: NEMA AB 1, Type 1 or 3R as required or as shown on the drawings.
Fabricate enclosure from steel. Finish using manufacturer's standard enamel finish gray
color. Handle shall be lockable with 2 padlocks.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION: —
A. General: Install enclosed circuit breakers where indicated, in accordance with
manufacturer's instructions. Install enclosed circuit breakers plumb. —
B. Height: 5 foot to operating handle.
C. I Nameplate: Provide engraved plastic nameplates.
16476 - 2
r
D. Connections: Connect enclosed circuit breakers and components to wiring system and to
ground as indicated and instructed by the manufacturer. Tighten connectors and
terminals, including screws and bolts according to equipment manufacturer's published
torque tightening values or as specified in UL Standard 486A.
C3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL:
A. General: Inspect and test each circuit breaker to NEMA AB 1. Inspect each circuit
breaker visually. Perform several mechanical ON -OFF operations on each circuit
breaker. Verify circuit continuity on each pole in closed position. Determine that circuit
breaker will trip on overcurrent condition, with tripping time to NEMA AB 1
requirements.
3.03 ADJUSTING:
A. General: Adjust trip settings so that circuit breakers coordinate with other overcurrent
protective devices in circuit. Adjust trip settings to provide adequate protection from
overcurrent and fault currents.
3.04 SHUNT TRIP:
A. Provide Shunt Trip on all units serving elevators.
END OF SECTION
t
�. 16476 - 3
I
SECTION 16721
FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS:
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
B. Requirements of the following Division 16
Sections apply to this Section:
1. "Basic Electrical Requirements."
2. "Basic Electrical Materials and Methods."
1.02 SUBMITTALS:
A. General: Submit manufacturer's data on all materials according to the Conditions of the
Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections.
B. Product Data: Submit for review complete manufacturer's catalog information on all
items specified herein, including materials, construction and UL listing. Provide
electrical characteristics and connection requirements. The contractor shall submit
complete documentation for the Fire Alarm/Life Safety System showing the Model
Number, type, rating, size, style, Manufacturer's Names, and Manufacturer's Catalog
Data Sheets for all items to ensure compliance with these specifications.
C. Shop Drawings: Submit for review a complete riser diagram and layout of the entire
Fire Alarm / Life Safety System, showing all interconnect wiring and equipment.
Provide annunciator layout and system wiring diagram showing each device and wiring
connection required.
D. Test Reports: Submit for review Manufacturer's test data. Indicate satisfactory
completion of required tests and inspections.
E. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Submit for review complete manufacturer's
instructions. Indicate application conditions and limitations of use stipulated by product
testing agency. Include instructions for storage, handling, protection, examination,
preparation, installation, and starting of products.
F. Operation Data: Submit for review all operation and maintenance manuals for items
specified herein. Include the following in the operation and maintenance manuals:
G. Complete typewritten operating instructions.
H. Wiring diagrams for the control panel with all terminals identified.
I. A parts list for the system identifying the components with ordering numbers.
�• 16721 - 1
k
J. A plan showing conduit size and routing, number and size of conductors and locations of
all devices.
K. Maintenance and repair procedures.
1.03 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Scope -Work covered by this specification section includes the furnishing of labor,
equipment, materials, and complete operational performance required for installation of
the Fire Alarm System as shown on the drawings, as here specified, and as directed by
the Engineer. This scope of work includes but is not limited to the following:
B. Provide a complete addressable fire alarm network system complete with voice
evacuation and firemen's telephone service.
C. Provide all necessary conduit and wiring associated with the fire detection, evacuation and communication system.
D. Provide smoke detectors, thermal heat detectors, manual pull stations, duct smoke --
detectors, water flow and tamper switches, interfacing modules and connections. All
devices are to be addressable.
E. Provide visual and audible alarm devices.
F. Provide for emergency weather notification signal. -
G. Provide auxiliary controls including interposing relays, monitor relays, and
interconnection coordination for the operation of the following systems: _
1. Fan shutdown
2. Elevator recall
3. . Sprinkler system —
4. Weather alerts
5. Provide for testing and certification.
6. Provide for training of operating personnel.
1.04 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS:
A. Code Requirements: The equipment and installation shall comply with the current '-
applicable provisions of the following standards:
B. The complete installation is to conform to the applicable sections of NFPA 72 and the
National Electrical Code with particular attention to Article 760.
C. NFPA 90A. —
D. NFPA 101 - Life Safety Code. NFPA 72 National Fire Alarm Code.
16721 - 2
F
1 E. The entire installed system and all integrated system operations shall be within guidelines
of the UBC (Uniform Building Code). Local and State building codes.
F. All requirements of the Local Authority Having Jurisdiction.
G. ASME / ANSI A17.1 and A17.3.
H. Americans With Disabilities Act (ADA)/Texas Accessibility Standard(TAS)
I. UL Listing: Each and all items of the Fire Alarm System shall be listed as a product of a
SINGLE fire alarm system manufacturer under the appropriate category by Underwriters
Laboratories, Inc. (UL), and shall bear the "U.L." label. All control equipment shall be
listed under UL category UOJZ as a single control unit. Partial listings shall NOT be
acceptable.
All control equipment must have transient protection to comply with UL864
requirements.
K. Where Fire Alarm circuits leave the building, additional transient protection must be
provided for each circuit. Devices must be UL listed under standard #497B (Isolated
Loop Circuit Protectors).
1.05 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS:
A. General: Submit according to the Conditions of the Contract and Division 1
Specification Sections.
B. As -built Drawings: Record actual locations of initiating devices, signaling appliances,
and end -of -line devices. Record actual wiring diagram.
1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A. Installer Qualifications: Installation shall be done by a company that is duly licensed in
the State of Texas under Senate Bill 925. licensed for such work or by an licensed
electrical contractor working under the supervision of such a licensee. The supervisor of
the installation must also be NICET certified as a Level II Fire Alarm Technician.
B. Single -Source Responsibility: Obtain fire alarm components from a single source
` manufacturer who assumes responsibility for compatibility for system components.
C. The Manufacturer shall be a nationally recognized company specializing in smoke
detection and fire alarm systems. This organization shall employ factory trained and
NICET certified technicians, and shall maintain a service organization within 100 miles
rof this project location. The Manufacturer and service organization shall have a
minimum of 10 years experience in the fire protective signaling systems industry.
r-
i
.- 16721 - 3
p
1.07 GENERAL EQUIPMENT AND MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS: j
A. General: All equipment and material shall be new and unused, and listed by
Underwriter's Laboratories for the specific intended purpose. All control panel
components and field peripherals shall be designed for continuous duty without
degradation of function or performance. All equipment covered by this specification or _
noted on Installation Drawings shall be the best equipment suited for the application and
shall be provided by a single manufacturer or be recognized and U.L. listed as
compatible by both manufacturers when two manufacturers' products must be used.
1.08 MAINTENANCE SERVICE:
A. General: Furnish service and maintenance of fire alarm system for one year from Date
of Substantial Completion.
1.09 EXTRA MATERIALS: —'
A. General: Furnish according to the Conditions of the Contract and Division 1
Specification Sections. --
B. Smoke Detectors - Provide six spare of each different type detector to the Owner upon
project completion. —
C. Heat Detectors - Provide six spare of each different type detector to the Owner upon
project completion.
D. Provide six spare sets of keys to each type of lock.
E. Provide six spare printer ribbons.
1.10 WIRING DESCRIPTION:
A. Signal Transmission: Hardwired initiating and digital addressable. Paragraph (b) below
would only apply if a device could not be addressable and must have the engineers
approval for use in this project.
B. Alarm Circuits (Class A Hardwired): The system shall be wired as a Style Z (Class A)
system for audible, voice and visual alarm circuits.
C. Initiating Circuits (Class A Hardwired): The system shall be wired as a Style D (Class
A) system throughout for signal initiating circuits.
D, Signaling Line Circuits .(Style 7): The system shall be wired as a Style 7 for the
addressable circuits. —
E. The Signaling Line Circuit shall not run in the same conduit as the Alarm Circuits.
16721 - 4
j
F1.11 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION (ANALOG ADDRESSABLE):
A. General: Complete, noncoded, addressable, microprocessor -based fire detection and
alarm system with manual and automatic alarm initiation, voice evacuation, and
fireman's telephone.
B. Alarm Verification: Provide analog addressable smoke detectors and automatic alarm
verification for alarms initiated by certain smoke detector zones as indicated on the
Drawings.
C. Signal Transmission: Multiplex signal transmission dedicated to fire alarm service only.
1.12 DEFINITIONS
A. Active Multiplex System: A multiplexing system in which transponders are employed to
l transmit status signals of each initiating device or initiating device circuit within a
l prescribed time interval.
B. Addressable Device: A fire alarm system component with discrete identification that can
have its status individually identified or that is used to individually control other
functions.
C. Alarm : A warning of fire danger.
D. Alarm Signal: Signifies a state of emergency requiring immediate action. Pertains to
signals such as the operation of a manual station, smoke detector, heat detector, flame
detector, or sprinkler water -flow switch.
E. Alert Tone: An attention -getting signal to alert occupants of the pending transmission of
a voice message.
F. Analog Initiating Device (Sensor): An initiating device that transmits a signal indicating
varying degrees of condition as contrasted with a conventional 'initiating device, which
can only indicate an on/off condition.
G. Approved: Acceptable to the "authority having jurisdiction."
H. Authority Having Jurisdiction: The "authority having jurisdiction" is the organization,
office or individual responsible for "approving" equipment, an installation or a
procedure.
I. Automatic Fire Detectors: Fire is a phenomenon that occurs when a substance reaches
critical temperature and reacts chemically with oxygen (for example) to produce heat,
flame, light, smoke, water vapor, carbon monoxide, carbon dioxide, or other product
and effects. An automatic fire detector is a device designed to detect the presence of fire
and initiate action. For the purpose of this definition, automatic fire detectors are
classified as listed below.
J. Heat Detector: A device that detects abnormally high temperature or rate -of -rise.
r-
16721 - 5
t
K. Smoke Detector: A device that detect visible or invisible particles of combustion.
L. Circuit Interface: A circuit component that interfaces initiating devices and/or control
circuits, indicating appliances. and/or circuits, system control outputs, and other signaling
line circuits to a signaling line circuit.
M. Evacuation: The withdrawal of occupants from a building.
N. Evacuation Signal: Distinctive signal intended to be recognized by the occupants as
requiring evacuation of the building.
O. Fire Alarm Control Unit (FACU)(Panel): A system component that receives inputs from
automatic and manual fire alarm devices and may supply power to detection devices and
transponder(s) or off -premises transmitter(s). The control unit may provide transfer of
power to the notification appliances and transfer of condition to relays or devices
connected to the control unit. The fire alarm control unit can be a local fire alarm control
unit or master control unit.
P. Fire Alarm Signal: A signal initiated by a fire alarm initiating device such as a manual
fire alarm box, waterflow switch, or other device whose activation is indicative of the
presence of a fire or fire signature.
Q. Fire Alarm System: A system or portion of a combination system consisting of
components and circuits arranged to monitor and annunciate the status of fire alarm or
supervisory signal initiating devices and to initiate appropriate response to those signals.
R. Initiating Device: A system component that originates transmission of a change of state
condition, such as a smoke detector, manual fire alarm box, supervisory switch, etc.
S. Initiating Device Circuit: A circuit to which automatic or manual initiating devices are
connected where the signal received does not identify the individual device operated.
T. Intermediate Fire Alarm or Fire Supervisory Control Unit: A control unit used to
provide area fire alarm or area fire supervisory service that, when connected to the
proprietary fire alarm system, becomes a part of that system.
U. Manual Fire Alarm Box: A manually operated device used to initiate an alarm signal.
V. Multiplexing: A master -subordinate signaling method characterized by simultaneous or
sequential transmission, or both, and reception of multiple signals on a signaling line
circuit or a communication channel including means for positively identifying each
signal.
W. Notification Appliance: A fire alarm system component such as a bell, horn, speaker,
strobe, printer, etc., that provides an audible or visible output, or both.
X. Power Supply: A source of electrical operating power including the circuits and
terminations connecting it to the dependent system components.
Y. Shall: Indicates a mandatory requirement.
16721 - 6
N
t Z. Should: Indicates a recommendation or that which is advised but not required.
AA. Signal: A status indication communicated by electrical or other means.
BB. Signaling Line Circuit: A circuit or path between any combination of circuit interfaces,
control units, or transmitters over which multiple system input signals or output signals,
or both, are carried.
CC. Signaling Line Circuit Interface: A system component that connects a signaling line
circuit to any combination of initiating devices, initiating device circuits, notification
appliances, notification appliance circuits, system control outputs, and other signaling
line circuits.
DD. Single Station Alarm Device: An assembly incorporating the detector, control equipment,
and the alarm sounding device in one unit operated from a power supply either in the
unit or obtained at the point of installation.
EE. Style D / Z Wiring (Class A): Circuits arranged and electrically supervised so a single
break or single ground fault condition will be indicated by a trouble signal at the fire
alarm control unit (FACU) and the circuit will continue to be capable of operation for its
intended service in the faulted condition no matter where the break or ground fault
condition occurs.
FF. Style 6 Signaling Line Circuit (Class A): Circuits arranged and electrically supervised so
a break or ground fault condition will be indicated by a trouble signal at the Fire Alarm
Control Unit (FACU) and the communication circuit will continue to be capable of
operation for its intended service in the faulted condition no matter where the break or
ground fault condition occurs.
GG. Style 7 Signaling Line Circuit (Class A): Circuits arranged and electrically supervised so
a break, short, or ground fault condition will be indicated by a trouble signal at the Fire
Alarm Control Unit (FACU) and the communication circuit will continue to be capable
of operation for its intended service in the faulted condition no matter where the break,
short, or ground fault condition occurs.
HH. Trouble Signal: A signal initiated by the fire alarm system, indicative of a fault in a
monitored circuit or component.
II. Zone: A defined area within the protected premises. A zone may define an area from
which a signal can be received, an area from which a signal can be sent, or an area in
which a form of control can be executed.
1.13 SYSTEM OPERATION(GENERAL):
A. Noninterfering: Zone, power, wire, and supervise the system so a signal on one zone
does not prevent the receipt of signals from any other zone. All zones are manually
resettable from the Fire Alarm Control Panel (FACP) after the initiating device or
devices are restored to normal. Systems that require the use of batteries or battery
backup for the programming functions are not acceptable.
16721 - 7
B. Priority of Signals: Accomplish automatic response functions by the first zone initiated. ^j
Alarm functions resulting from initiation by the first zone are not altered by subsequent
alarms. The highest priority is an alarm signal. Supervisory and trouble signals have
second- and third -level priority. Signals of a higher level priority take precedence over
signals of lower priority even though the lower -priority condition occurred first.
Annunciate all alarm signals regardless of priority or order received.
C. General Alarm: The actuation of any alarm initiating device shall cause the following
events to immediately occur: Audible/Visual Signals: Sound all audible devices
continuously and flash all associated visual signals.
D. Voice Evacuation: Sound all voice alarm messages continuously and flash all associated
visual signals.
E. FACP General Alarm: Indicate the general alarm condition at the FACP
F. FACP Alarm Identification: Identify the device that is the source of the alarm at the
FACP.
G. Remote Annunciator General Alarm: Indicate the general alarm condition at the remote
annunciator.
H. Remote Annunciator Alarm Identification: Identify the device that is the source of the
alarm at the remote annunciator.
,1
I. System Printer: A printed record of the event on the system printer.
J. Exit Signs: Flash all exit signs. —
K. Air Unit Shutdown: Transmit signal to building mechanical systems to initiate shutdown
of all air handling units over 2000 CFM by zone.
M. Smoke Dampers: Transmit signal to building mechanical systems to close smoke
dampers by zone.
N. Smoke Removal: Transmit signal by zone to building smoke removal system.
O. Elevator Recall: Transmit signals to building elevator control panel 'to initiate return to
main floor or alternate floor.
P. Door Release: Transmit signal to release door hold open devices by zone.
Q. Door Unlock: Unlock Designated Doors.
R. System Trouble Detection: When 'a trouble condition is detected by one of the system
initiating or indicating circuits, the following shall immediately occur:
S. FACP System Trouble: Indicate system trouble at the FACP.
16721 - 8
I T. FACP Audible/Visible Signal: Activate a local sounding device in the FACP which is
distinct from the general alarm sound. Manual acknowledge function at FACP silences
r audible trouble alarm; visual alarm is displayed until initiating failure or circuit trouble is
cleared.
U. Trouble Indication: Indicate the device or zone with the trouble condition. If the trouble
l condition is caused by module failure, power trouble, or ground fault, the corresponding
trouble indication on the FACP shall operate.
V. Remote Annunciator: Indicate a visual and audible trouble alarm at remote annunciator
panel.
W. System Printer: A printed record of the event on the system printer.
r X. Transmission to Johnson Controls Metasys System: Automatically route alarm,
I supervisory, and trouble signals to the Johnson Metasys System by providing a dry
contact closure for each of the three conditions.
Y. Control Switch Operation: Switches provide capability for acknowledgement of alarm;
supervisory, trouble, and other specified signals at the FACP; and capability to silence
the local audible signal and light a light -emitting diode (LED). Subsequent zone alarms
cause the audible signal to sound again until silenced in turn by switch operation.
Restoration to normal of alarm, supervisory, and trouble conditions extinguish the
associated LED and cause the audible signal to sound again until the restoration is
acknowledged by switch operation.
Z. Walk Test Operation: Walk test mode shall test initiating device circuits and indicating
device circuits from the field without returning to the panel to reset the system. Upon
activation of an initiating device, the controlled outputs shall operate for approximately
four seconds with circuits that were selected under walk test. Inducing a trouble into the
initiating circuit shall activate the controlled outputs shall activate and remain activated
until the trouble is cleared. Inducing trouble into the indicating circuit shall activate the
particular circuit and pulse the circuit at a one second on/off rate until the trouble is
cleared. An alarm indication, and a trouble indication shall operate upon completion of
each circuit test.
AA. Alarm Verification Operation: Smoke detection for a zone with alarm verification causes
r the following:
1. Alarm Indication: Audible and visible indication of an "alarm verification" signal
at the FACP.
2. Verification Sequence: Activation of a listed and approved "alarm verification"
sequence at the FACP and the detector.
3. Alarm Initiation: Initiate general alarm if the alarm is verified.
4. Alarm Cancellation: FACP indication cancellation and system reset if the alarm is
f not verified.
BB. System Printer: A printed record of the event on the system printer.
F16721 - 9
CC. Waterflow Operation: Waterflow switch operation initiates a non silenceable general !
alarm.
DD. Sprinkler Valve Tamper Switch Operation: Sprinkler valve tamper switch operation
causes or initiates the following:
1. FACP: A supervisory audible and visible "valve tamper" signal at the FACP.
2. Remote Annunciator: A supervisory audible and visible "valve tamper" signal at
the remote annunciator.
3. System Printer: A printed record of the event on the system printer.
EE. Fire Pump Power Failure: Fire pump power failure, including a dead phase or phase -
reversal condition causes or initiates the following:
1. FACP: A supervisory audible and visible "fire pump power failure" signal -
indication at the FACP.
2. Remote Annunciator: A supervisory audible and visual "fire pump power failure"
signal indication at the remote annunciator. —
3. System Printer: A printed record of the event on the system printer.
4. Remote Central Station: Transmission of trouble Lsignal to remote central station.
FF. Low Air Pressure Switch Operation: Low air pressure switch operation on a dry pipe or
preaction sprinkler system causes or initiates the following:
1. FACP: A supervisory audible and visible "sprinkler trouble" signal indication at
the FACP.
2. Remote Annunciator: A supervisory audible and visible "sprinkler trouble" signal
at the remote annunciator.
3. System Printer: A printed record of the event on the system printer.
4. Remote Central Station: Transmission of trouble signal to remote central station.
GG. History Mode Operation: The system shall be able to store and display the last 255
system events which have occurred.'
HH. Remote Annunciation: Manual and automatic operation of alarm and supervisory
initiating devices is annunciated both on the FACP and remote annunciator, indicating
the location and type device.
II. Loss of Primary Power: Loss of primary power at the FACP shall cause the following
indications:
JJ. FACP: Sound trouble signal and illuminate emergency power light when the system is
operating on an alternate power supply.
KK. Remote Annunciator: Sound trouble signal and illuminate emergency power light when
the system is operating on an;alternate power supply.
LL. FACP Alphanumeric Display: Displays plain language description of alarms, trouble
signals, supervisory signals, monitoring actions, system and component status, and
system commands.
16721 - 10 J
MM. Remote Detector Sensitivity Adjustment: Manipulation of controls at the FACP causes
the selection of specific addressable smoke detectors for adjustment, display of their
current status and sensitivity settings, and control of changes in those settings. The same
controls can be used to program repetitive, scheduled, automated changes in sensitivity
of specific detectors. Sensitivity adjustments and sensitivity adjustment schedule changes
r" are recorded by the system printer.
NN. System Printer: Record all alarm, supervisory, and trouble events by means of a system
printer. Printouts are by zone, device, function, date and time. Alarm signal are
differentiated from other events. System reset is printed. A command initiates the
printout of a list of existing alarm, supervisory, and trouble conditions in the system.
1.14 SYSTEM COMPONENTS:
r- A. General: Only FACP equipment and peripheral field devices have been shown on the
Drawings. Specific and complete wiring between control equipment and peripheral
equipment has been deleted for clarity.
1.15 MANUFACTURERS:
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering
products which may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the
following:
B. Notifier.
C. Cerberus (Pyrotronics).
C"
D. Simplex Time Recorder Co.
E. Edwards System Technology (EST).
F. Being listed as an acceptable Manufacturer in no way relieves the Contractors obligation
to meet the requirements of the specification. Listing of the manufacturer does not
guarantee that their system conforms to the specification requirements.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS:
2.01 FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL (FACP):
A. General: Comply with UL 864, "Control Units for Fire Protective Signaling Systems."
B. Flush Enclosure: Modular flush wall mounted enclosure. Wall thickness shall be
verified for proper thickness.
C. Surface Enclosure: Modular surface wall mounted enclosure.
0
7. 16721 - 11
D. Cabinet: The back box and door shall be constructed of 16 gauge steel with provisions
for electrical conduit connections into the sides and top. The door shall provide a key
lock and shall include a glass or other transparent opening for viewing of all indicators. J
Arrange panel so all operations required for testing or for normal care and maintenance
of the system are performed from the front of the enclosure. If more than a single unit
is required to form a complete control panel, provide exactly matching modular unit
enclosures. Accommodate all components and allow ample gutter space for
interconnection of panels as well as field wiring. Identify each enclosure by an
engraved, red laminated, phenolic resin nameplate. Lettering on the 'enclosure nameplate _
shall not be less than 1 inch high. Identify individual components and modules within
the cabinets with permanent labels.
E. Control Modules: The FACP shall be modular in structure for ease of installation,
maintenance, and future expansion. The FACP shall be provide with the proper number
and types of modules to serve all zones, indicating devices and functions as indicated on
the drawings. Local, visible, and audible signals notify of alarm, supervisory, and -'
trouble conditions. Each type of audible alarm has a distinctly different sound.
F. Systems: Alarm and supervisory systems are separate and independent in the FACP.
The alarm initiating zone boards in the FACP consist of plug in cards. Construction
requiring removal of field wiring for module replacement is not acceptable.
G. Indicating Lights (Hardwire System): Provide individual LED devices for each zone.
An LED test switch for each FACP section illuminates all LED devices on the section of
the control panel. Manual toggle test switches or push test buttons do not require a key
to operate. Alarm and supervisory signals light a red LED of the associated zone.
Trouble signals an amber LED for the associated zone.
H. Resetting (Hardwire System): Provide the necessary controls to prevent the resetting of
any alarm, supervisory, or trouble signal while the alarm or trouble condition still exists.
I. Alphanumeric Display and System Controls: Provide control at the FACP for the
addressable system components, including annunciation and supervision. A display with
a minimum of 80 characters displays alarm, supervisory, and component status
messages. Arrange keypad for use in entering and executing control commands.
J. Smoke Detector Sensitivity: Provide keypad control at the FACP for the control of
smoke detector sensitivity and other parameters.
K. System Power Supply: Comply with UL 1481 "Power supplies for Fire Protective
Signaling Systems." The main power supply for the FACP shall be integral to the
control panel itself, and shall be adequate to serve control panel modules, remote
detectors, remote annunciators, door holders, smoke dampers, relays, and alarm
signaling devices. Include battery operated emergency power supply with capacity for
operating system in standby mode for 24 hours followed by alarm mode for 15 minutes.
k
16721 - 12
F
F
F
r
f
Input power shall be 120 VAC, 60 Hz. The power supply shall provide an integral
variable rate battery charger which will automatically inhibit the deep discharge of the
system standby batteries, and shall be protected against the accidental reverse polarity
connection of the standby batteries. The main power supply shall continuously monitor
all field wires for earth ground conditions, and shall have the following LED indications:
1. Negative Ground Fault LED
2. Positive Ground Fault LED
3. Battery Fail LED
4. AC Power Fail LED
L. Voice Alarm: An emergency communication system, integral with the FACP, includes
central voice alarm system components complete with microphones, preamplifiers, tone
generators and message generators. Manual or automatic alarm signals generated by the
System shall be used to generate audio evacuation signals or messages which shall be
distributed throughout the building's speaker circuits. All field circuits shall be fully
supervised and power limited by the main control panel
M. Voice Alarm Amplifier: Comply with UL 1711, "Amplifiers for Fire Protective
Signaling Systems." The voice alarm amplifier shall be sized to serve the speaker
circuits. The amplifier shall include an integral power supply, and shall provide the
following controls and indicators. Adjustment of the correct Audio Level for the
Amplifier shall not require any special tools or test equipment.
1. Normal Audio Level LED
2. Incorrect Audio Level LED
3. Brownout LED
4. Battery Trouble LED
5. Amplifier Trouble LED
6. Audio Amplifier Gain Adjust
N. Voice Alarm Channels: The Audio Subsystem shall be capable of providing up to 4
channels of Fire Alarm evacuation signals and messages. The alarm evacuation
messages may be made through a microphone or through a pre-recorded message panel.
O. Audio Message Generator: The Audio Message Generator shall provide up to 4
digitally -recorded voice messages, each of which may be up to 24 seconds long. A
built-in microphone shall allow paging through speaker circuits. Additionally, the audio
message generator produces a variety of tones including slow whoop, yelp, yeow, siren,
hi/lo, and steady tone. A variety of prerecorded messages shall be available from the
factory. Up to two pre-programmed messages may be installed in the system. The
AMG may be commanded to produce any one of its tones or messages. The Audio
Message Generator shall have the following controls and indicators to allow for proper
operator understanding and control.
1. Audio Level Normal LED
2. All Call LED
3. On -Line LED
4. Amplifier Trouble LED
5. Speaker Trouble LED
6. All Call Switch
7. Local Speaker Volume Control
16721 - 13
t
P. Fire Fighters' Telephone System: Fire fighters' telephone control module controls a two
way fire fighters' communication system. Arrange system to use dedicated, two way
supervised voice communication links between the FACP and remote fire fighters'
telephone stations throughout the building. The supervised telephone lines are capable of
being connected to the talk circuits by controls in this module. Controls provide the
ability to disconnect phones from the talk circuits if too many phones are in use _
simultaneously. The module includes:
Q. Audible Pulse and Tone Generator, and High Intensity Lamp: When a remote phone is
activated it causes the audible signal to sound and the high intensity lamp to flash.
R. Selector Panel: Selector panel controls simultaneous operation of telephones in selected
zones and permits up to six phones to be operated simultaneously. Ground faults are
open or shorted telephone lines are indicated on the panel front by individual LEDs.
Zone selector switches with associated LED indicators permit the fire officer to activate
selected telephone zones. —'
S. Instructions: Printed or typewritten instruction card mounted behind a Lexan plastic or
glass cover in a metal frame. Install the frame in a location observable from the FACP.
Include interpretation and appropriate response for displays and signals, and briefly
describe the functional operation of the system under normal, alarm, and trouble
conditions. --
2.02 REMOTE ANNUNCIATOR UNITS:
A. Description: The remote annunciator panel shall be housed in a backbox designed for
surface or flush mounting directly to a wall or vertical surface. The back box shall be
constructed of painted steel with provisions for electrical conduit connections into the
sides and top. The remote annunciator system shall provide alarm, trouble and
supervisory annunciation corresponding to the FACP, and integral control switches.
2.03 GRAPHIC ANNUNCIATOR:
A. Annunciator Panel: Provide with LCD Alpha -numeric type.
B. Face plate: Satin finished stainless steel or brushed aluminum. Floor plan and zone
boundary lines are engraved in the face plate and filled with colored paint. Floor plan
lines are 1/4 inch wide black, and zone boundaries 1/8 inch wide red. Engraved legends
for the LEDs and switches are 1/4 inch high minimum, letters filled with red paint.
2.04 SYSTEM PRINTER:
A. Description: Printer is dot matrix type, listed and labeled as an integral part of the fire
alarm system.
16721 - 14
r
2.05 ALARM INITIATING DEVICES:
A. Manual Fire Alarm Station: Comply with UL 38, "Manually Actuated Signaling Boxes.
Manual fire alarm pull stations shall be semi -flush mounted, non -coded, non-breakglass
type, equipped with key lock in order that they may be tested without operating the
handle, and so designed that after an actual activation, they cannot be restored to normal
except by key reset. An operated station shall automatically condition itself so as to be
visually detected, as operated, at a minimum distance of 100 feet, front or side. Manual
stations shall be constructed of die formed, satin -finished aluminum, with operating
instructions provided on the cover. The word FIRE shall appear on three sides of the
Manual Station in letters one half inch in size or larger. Stations shall be suitable for
surface mounting on matching backbox, or semi -flush mounting on standard single gang
box or switchplate.
B. Automatic Heat Detector: Comply with UL 521, "Heat Detectors for Fire Protective
Signaling Systems." Automatic heat detectors shall be combination rate of rise and fixed
temperature rated at 135 degrees F for areas where ambient temperatures do not exceed
100 degrees, and 200 degrees for areas where the temperature exceeds 100 degrees, but
does not exceed 150 degrees. Automatic heat detectors shall be low profile, ceiling
!
mount type with positive indication of activation. The rate of rise element shall consist
of an air chamber, a flexible metal diaphragm, and a factory calibrated, moisture -proof,
r"
trouble free vent, and shall operate when the rate of temperature rise exceeds 15 degrees
F. per minute. The fixed temperature element shall consist of a fusible alloy retainer and
actuator shaft. Automatic heat detectors shall have a smooth ceiling rating of 2500
square feet.
C. Photoelectric Area Smoke Detectors: Comply with UL 268, "Smoke Detectors for Fire
Protective Signaling Systems." Photoelectric smoke detectors shall be optical type using
an LED light source. Each detector shall contain a visual status and alarm indicator,
remote LED output and a built-in test switch. Detector shall be provided on a twist -lock
base that allows for mounting to a 4" outlet box. The detector shall have a nominal
sensitivity of 3.0% as measured in a U.L. smoke box. Calibration sensitivity and
`
performance test shall be performed without smoke. The detector shall not alarm when
exposed to air velocities of up to 3000 feet per minute.
D. Remote Smoke Indicators and Test Stations: Remote Smoke Indicators shall provide a
red LED on single gang plate which indicates the alarm status of the associated smoke
detector. Remote Test Station with key lock and alarm LED shall be provided where
indicated.
E. Duct Mounted Smoke Detectors: Comply with UL 268A "Smoke Detectors for Duct
Applications." Provide duct mounted smoke detectors in the air ducts of air conditioning
units where indicated on the drawings. Detectors shall be ionization or photoelectric
type as indicated on the Drawings and as specified above. Duct smoke detectors shall be
provided with visual alarm and power indicators, and a reset switch. Each detector shall
be installed upon the air duct, with properly sized air sampling tubes.
I
r., 16721 - 15
F. Duct Detector Remote Test Station: Provide duct detectors with remote test station and
alarm LED which indicates the alarm status of the associated smoke detector. For
detectors located in roof mounted air conditioning units, install the remote test stations
flush in the ceiling directly below or as close as possible below the roof mounted air
unit. For detectors mounted inside the building spaces, mount the remote test stations on
the wall or ceiling near the detector. ' Provide each test station with a typewritten label —
indicating the unit that the detector resides in. Provide each duct detector with auxiliary
contacts for air unit control interface.
G. Flame Detector: NFPA 72E, combination ultraviolet/infrared radiation type in a single
enclosure. The detector shall be microprocessor controlled and shall require
simultaneous response of both the ultraviolet and infrared detectors to actuate the fire
alarm relay. The detector shall provide visual LED annunciation of normal operation,
fire, fault, UV only and IR only conditions. The enclosure shall be Class I, Division 1,
Groups B, C, D or Class II, Division 1 Groups E, F, G.
H. Addressable Interface: For each alarm initiating device include a communication
transmitter and receiver having a unique identification and capability for status reporting
to the FACP.
I. Remote Control: Individually monitor each automatic smoke detector at the FACP for
calibration, sensitivity, and alarm condition, and individually adjust sensitivity from the
FACP.
2.06 ALARM INDICATING DEVICES:
A. Combination AudioNisual Units: Comply with UL 464, "Audible Signaling
Appliances" and UL 1638, "Visual Signaling Appliances." The audio section of the unit
shall have a minimum sound output of 100 DB at 10 feet and a current draw of 105 MA
or less. Provide unit in standard red color and with mounting hardware to accomplish
mounting indicated in the specifications and on the drawings. The visual section of the
unit shall have a minimum of 100 candela and meet or exceed the requirements of the
Americans With Disabilities Act (ADA). Mount the audio/visual unit as indicated on the
drawings.
B. Visual Only Units: Comply with UL 1638, "Visual Signaling Appliances." The visual
section of the unit shall have a minimum of 100 candela and meet or exceed the
requirements of the Americans With Disabilities Act (ADA). Mount the visual only
units as indicated on the drawings.
C. Voice Evacuation Speakers/Visual Indicating Appliances: Comply with UL 1480, -�
"Speakers for Fire Protective Signaling." Compression driver type with flared
projectors, blocking capacitor for DC line supervision, terminal blocks for the in -out
connection of the field wires. Seal the back of each speaker to protect the speaker cone from damage and dust. The speakers shall have a uniform output over a frequency range
from 400-4000 HZ. and shall have field selectable power taps of 1/8, 1/4, 1/2, 1,2,4 and
8 watts. Match transformer tap to the acoustical environment of the speaker location. =
16721 - 16
I
T
Rated sound output shall be 96 dBa as measured in under UL Standard 1480. The
speakers shall flush mount to 4" square backboxes 1 1/2 inches deep, with 1 1/2 inch
extension ring. The finish shall be red/white textured enamel. The visual section of the
unit shall have a minimum of 100 candela and meet or exceed the requirements of the
Americans With Disabilities Act (ADA). Provide with hardware to achieve mounting as
indicated on the drawings.
D. Voice Evacuation Speakers: Comply with UL 1480, "Speakers for Fire Protective
Signaling." Compression driver type with flared projectors, blocking capacitor for DC
line supervision, terminal blocks for the in -out connection of the field wires. Seal the
back of each speaker to protect the speaker cone from damage and dust. The speakers
�- shall have a uniform output over a frequency range from 400-4000 HZ. and shall have
field selectable power taps of 1/8, 1/4, 1/2, 1,2,4 and 8 watts. Match transformer tap to
the acoustical environment of the speaker location. Rated sound output shall be 96 dBa
as measured in under UL Standard 1480. The speakers shall flush mount to 4" square
backboxes 1 1/2 inches deep, with 1 1/2 inch extension ring. The finish shall be
red/white textured enamel.
E. Addressable Interface: For each alarm indicating device include a communication
transmitter and receiver having a unique identification and capability for status reporting
to the FACP.
2.07 FIRE FIGHTERS TELEPHONES:
A. Telephone and Cabinet: High impact plastic handset, heavy duty coil cord. Hand sets
have a dynamic receiver and a carbon transmitter, operating on 24 V d.c. Flush
mounted, 18 gage, minimum, with a locked hinged door with red trim labeled ".Fire
i" Fighters' Phone" with hookswitch and telephone handset. Size to accommodate handset
and cord. Connect to the FACP by means of dedicated, supervised communication
lines.
B. Telephone Hand Sets: High impact plastic handset, heavy duty coil cord. Hand sets
have a dynamic receiver and a carbon transmitter, operating on 24 V d.c.
C. Telephone Receptacle: Semi flush mounted in single gang box with single phone jack
mounted on a stainless steel plate labeled "Fire Fighters' Phone Jack." Connect to the
FACP by means of dedicated, supervised communication lines.
D. Handset Storage Cabinet: Flush mounted, 18 gage minimum, with a locked hinged door
with red trim labeled "Emergency Telephone Handsets." Provide storage capacity for
six handsets.
2.08 AUXILIARY DEVICES:
A. Magnetic Door Holders: Comply with UL 228, "Door Closers -Holders for Fire
Protective Signaling Systems." Magnetic door holders shall be electromagnetic, and
shall hold fire and/or smoke barrier doors open until released by manual or automatic
fire alarm activation. Power shall be 24 VAC from separate sized, UL listed
transformer.
I
F16721 - 17
B. Waterflow Switches: Comply with UL 346, "Waterflow Indicators for Fire Protective
Signaling Systems. Waterflow switches shall be installed in sprinkler pipes to signal
fire detection and control systems or auxiliary indicators when flow occurs. Water _
flowing in the pipe shall deflect a vane in the switch and cause a contact closure.
C. Supervisory Switches: Supervisory switches shall be installed on sprinkler cut-off valves _
to indicate the closing of the valve. The switch shall be mounted on the valve actuator
arm and test in a notch filed in the valve stem. If the valve stem is moved it shall force
the actuator aim out of the notch thus causing the switch to operate. The switch shall be
rated at 7.5 amps for 24 volts.
2.09 FIRE ALARM WIRE AND CABLE:
A. Fire Alarm Power Branch Circuits: Building wire as specified in'Section 16120 -
BUILDING WIRE AND CABLE.
B. Initiating Device and Indicating Appliance Circuits: Power limited fire -protective
signaling cable, copper conductor, 300 volts insulation rated 105 degrees C.
C. Plenum Cable: Power limited fire -protective signaling cable classified for fire and smoke
characteristics, copper conductor, 300 volts insulation rated 105 degrees C, suitable for
use in air handling ducts, hollow spaces used as ducts, and plenums.' —
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 EXISTING SYSTEM: -
A. Existing Fire Alarm Equipment: Maintain fully operational until the new equipment has
been tested and accepted. As new equipment is installed, label it "NOT IN SERVICE"
until the new equipment is accepted. Remove tags from new equipment when put into
service and tag existing fire alarm equipment "NOT IN SERVICE" until removed from
the building.
B. Equipment Removal: After acceptance of the new fire alarm system, remove existing,
disconnect fire alarm equipment and restore damaged surfaces. Package operational fire
alarm and detection equipment that has been removed; deliver to the Owner. Remove
from the site and legally dispose of the remainder of the existing material.
3.02 INSTALLATION:
A. General: Installation of the fire alarm/life safety system shall be in strict compliance
with manufacturers' written recommendations and NFPA Standards. Consult the
manufacturers control panel and peripheral equipment installation manuals for all wiring
diagrams, schematics, physical equipment sizes, etc. before beginning system installation.
Refer to the riser/connection diagram for all specific system
installation/termination/wiring data.
16721 - 18 _�
F
B. Mounting: All equipment shall be attached to a non load -bearing wall, and shall be held
firmly in place. Fastening and supports shall be adequate to support the required load,
and provide a safety factor of five. All fire alarm devices shall be flush mounted in the
walls that they are located on with the exception of existing block wall construction. In
this case, devices shall be mounted in surface mounted boxes and shall be fed with
surface mounted raceway via the shortest exposed path. All surface boxes and raceways
shall be in accordance with Section 16110 - RACEWAYS AND FITTINGS of these
specifications.
C. FACP: FACP will be mounted with the top of panel not more than 6 feet above floor
level. The FACP shall be flush mounted in the wall with the exception of the panel
being installed on an existing block wall or when located in a non-public space such as
an equipment room or janitor's closet. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to final
coordinate the proper wall thickness of new walls containing FACPs.
D. Remote Annunciator: As indicated on the riser/connection diagram drawings, each
system alarm point or zone in the system shall be uniquely labeled within the FACP.
Names of the system points/zones shall be as defined by the Engineer or the Owner.
Fire sprinkler activation detecting system(s) shall each be indicated on a separate zone in
the FACP.
E. Manual Stations: Install manual station in recessed backboxes with operating handle 48
inches above finished floor.
F. Audible/Visible Signal: Install audible and visual signal devices the lower of 80 inches
above finished floor or 6 inches below ceiling.
G. Water Flow Detectors and Valve Supervisory Switches: Connect for each sprinkler
valve station required to be supervised.
H. Conduit and Boxes: Provide complete wiring and conduit between all equipment in
separate conduit, maximum 40 % full. Conduits of proper size shall be installed from the
control panel equipment to field devices. All field devices shall be mounted upon U.L.
listed electrical junction boxes. Conduit shall not enter the FACP, or any other remotely
mounted control panel equipment or backboxes, except where conduit entry knockouts
have been provided by the factory.
I. Junction Boxes: All splices in field wiring shall be made in U.L. listed electrical
junction boxes. All electrical junction boxes shall be labeled as "Fire Alarm System"
with decal or other approved markings.
J. Power Circuit: The FACP shall be connected to a separate dedicated branch circuit,
maximum 20 amperes. This circuit shall be labeled at the main power distribution panel
as FIRE ALARM. FACP primary power wiring shall be 12 AWG. The control panel
cabinet shall be grounded securely to an equipment grounding conductor. Conduit shall
enter into the FACP backbox only at those areas of the backbox which have factory
conduit knockouts.
16721 - 19
K. End -of -line Devices: Mount end -of -line device in control panel.
L. Door Holders: Mount outlet box for electric door holder to withstand 80 pounds pulling
force.
M. Connections: Make conduit and wiring connections to door release devices, sprinkler
flow switches, sprinkler valve tamper switches, fire suppression system control panels,
duct smoke detectors and any other devices as required.
N. Automatic Detector Installation: Conform to NFPA 72E. Install ceiling mounted
detectors not less than 4 inches from a side wall to the near edge. Install detectors
located on the wall at least 4 inches but not more than 12 inches below the ceiling. For
exposed solid joist construction, mount detectors on the bottom of joists. On smooth
ceilings, install detectors not over 30 feet apart in any direction. Install detectors no
closer than 5 feet from air registers.
3.03 WIRING INSTALLATION:
A. Wiring Method: Install wiring in metal raceway according to Section 16110 -
"RACEWAYS AND FITTINGS." Conceal raceway except in unfinished spaces and as
indicated.
B. Wiring Within Enclosures: Install conductors parallel with or at right angles to the sides
and back of the enclosure. Bundle, lace, and train the conductors to the terminal points
with no excess. Connect conductors that are terminated, spliced or interrupted in any
enclosure associated with the fire alarm system to terminal blocks. Mark each terminal
according to the wiring diagrams of the system. Make all connections with approved
crimp on terminal spade lugs, pressure type terminal blocks, or plug connectors. _
C. Cable Taps: Use numbered terminal strips injunction, pull or outlet boxes, cabinets, or
equipment enclosures where any circuit tap is made.
D. Conductors: Unless otherwise specified within the installation manual of the specific
equipment being used, all field wiring shall be minimum #16 (solid) or #14 type, and
shall be approved for use as fire alarm cable. Cable shall be the type listed for Fire
Alarm/Life Safety use and shall be installed per NEC Article 760.
E. Color Coding: Provide fire alarm circuit conductors with insulation color coded as
follows, or using colored tape at each conductor termination and in each junction box.
F. Power Branch Circuit Conductors: Black, red, white.
G. Initiating Device Circuit: Black, red.
H. Detector Power Supply: Violet, brown.
I. Signal Device Circuit: Blue (positive), white (negative).
J. Door Release: Gray, gray.
16721 - 20
FK. Municipal Trip Circuit: Orange, orange.
L. Municipal Fire Alarm Loop: Black, white.
3.04 GROUNDING (VOICE ALARM):
A. General: Ground equipment and conductor cable shields. For audio circuits, minimize
to the greatest extent possible ground Ioops, common mode returns, noise pickup, cross
talk, and other impairments. Provide 5 ohm ground at main equipment location.
Measure, record, and report ground resistance.
3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL:
A. General: Field inspection and testing will be performed according to the Conditions of
the Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections.
` B. Tests: Test in accordance with NFPA 72 and local fire department requirements.
i 3.06 FINAL SYSTEM ACCEPTANCE:
A. Final Test: The system will be accepted only after a satisfactory test of the entire system
has been accomplished by a factory trained distributor in the presence of a representative
of the authority having jurisdiction and the Owner's representative.
B. As -built Drawings: The distributor will present a complete set of "as -built" Fire
Alarm/Life Safety system drawings, and the factory supplied Operator's Manual to the
Building Owner's representative and the local AHJ. A maximum fee of $100.00 will be
charged to the distributor/contractor for obtaining the fire alarm plan(s) and/or
floor plan(s) on diskette from the electrical engineer. Diskette will be provided upon
receipt of check.
C. Service: The distributor shall make available contracted periodic system testing,
maintenance, and/or calibration services.
3.07 MANUFACTURER'S FIELD SERVICES:
A. General: Prepare and start systems according to the Conditions of the Contract and
Division 1 Specification Sections.
B. Factory Technician: The distributor shall provide the on -site services of an authorized,
€ factory trained technical representative to supervise all connections and fully test all
f devices and components of the system during installation phase.
C. Training: The distributor shall provide comprehensive training on the operation, proper
use, and testing of the installed fire alarm system to the Building Owner's
Representative, and the local AHJ.
r
i
d
16721 - 21
3.08 DEMONSTRATION:
A. General: Provide systems demonstration under provisions of the General Requirements.
Demonstrate normal and abnormal modes of operation, and required responses to each. 4
END OF SECTION
j
16721 - 22
No Text
F
LMCC
FIRE CODE UPGRADE
r LUBBOCK, TEXAS SPECIAL CONDITIONS SC-1
SPECIAL CONDITIONS
The materials, products and manufacturers described in the Bidding Documents establish a
standard of required function, dimension, appearance and quality to be met by any proposed
substitution. To be approved, a proposed substitution must meet or exceed all express
requirements of the Contract Documents.
No substitution will be considered prior to receipt of Bids unless written request for approval has
been received by the Facilities Manager at least ten calendar days prior to the receipt of Bids.
The burden of proof of merit of the proposed substitution is upon the proposer. Such requests
shall include the name of the material, product or manufacturer for which it is to be substituted
and a complete description of the proposed substitution including drawings, performance and test
data. The Facilities Manager will give consideration to verified experience records showing the
reputation of the proposed product with previous user's, evidence of reputation of the
manufacturer for prompt delivery, evidence of reputation of the manufacturer for efficiency in
servicing its products and any other information necessary for an evaluation. A statement setting
forth changes in other materials, products of manufacturers or other portions of the Work,
including changes in the Work of other contracts that incorporation of the proposed substitution
would require, shall be included. The Facilities Manager's decision of approval or disapproval
on a proposed substitution shall be final. If the Facilities Manager approves a proposed
substitution prior to the receipt of Bids, such approval will be set forth -in an Addendum. Bidders
shall not rely upon approvals made in any other manner. No substitutions will be considered
after the Contract award unless specifically provided in the Contract Documents.
Bidder's Review of the Job Premises:
�,. The Bidder shall carefully study and compare the Drawings and Specifications with each other,
and shall examine the Job Premises and Existing "As -Built" Conditions, and shall at once report
to the Engineer any errors, inconsistencies or ambiguities discovered. Bidders requiring
clarification or interpretation of the Drawings and Specifications shall make a written request
which shall reach the Engineer at least seven calendar days prior to the date for receipt of Bids.
Bidder's visits to the site are by appointment, only. To schedule site visits, contact:
Lubbock Memorial Civic Center
Freddie Chavez — (806) 775-2237, or
Tony Cruz — (806) 775-2240
F Event Coordination within the Lubbock Memorial Civic Center:
The Lubbock Memorial Civic Center hosts national and local meetings, trade shows, conventions
and related activities. The Events shall take precedence over the renovation activities and the
work schedule of the Contractor must address these conditions.
r^
LMCC
FIRE CODE UPGRADE _
LUBBOCK, TEXAS SPECIAL CONDITIONS SC-2
The Contractor and the Lubbock Memorial Civic, Center shall mutually coordinate event and
renovation work schedules to accomplish this project and minimize disturbance to event activity.
The Contractor may be required, due to prior event commitments of the Civic Center, to alter his
desired construction schedule. It is envisioned the work can be scheduled to avoid such
conflicts. The Lubbock Memorial Civic Center is open 24 hours a day and seven days each
week. The Contractor may perform his work during any period of the day provided it is
coordinated with the Civic Center's Events Schedule.
A complete listing of the tentative and firm Events scheduled at the Lubbock Memorial Civic
Center during the estimated period of the renovation work is attached. This schedule is subject
to change and is provided for general information in determining the number and locations of
scheduled events during the proposed renovation period.
Movement gf Furniture. Furnishings, and Equipment
The Lubbock Memorial Civic Center shall provide labor and supervision to move all loose
equipment and furnishings presently located in the areas to be part of the renovation work. All
existing artwork shall be properly protected by the Contractor during periods of construction.
Use of Docks and Elevators
Loading docksshall be made available to the Contractor, coordinated with Civic Center Event
requirements, for the unloading of new materials and disposal of demolished materials.
Contractor's use of Freight and Passenger Elevators needs to be scheduled with the Owner at
times during events. Contractor will be allowed full access to elevators when events are not
scheduled. Proper protection material must be in place during elevator use. Construction debris
and materials shall be removed from elevators and cab surfaces left clean.
Cleaning and Maintenance
The Contractor shall store all construction equipment and materials in the designated storage
area as determined by the Owner. During periods between demolition and construction work
and at the end of each work day, the Contractor shall leave the job premises broom clean and
remove all waste and staged installation materials from areas to be occupied by the events
activities as they are scheduled.
The Contract shall cooperate with the Owner during construction operations to minimize
conflicts and facilitate Owner usage. During periods where the Work sequence is interrupted by
a scheduled event, the Contractor shall remove construction material, clean and restore the area
to an acceptable condition of operation as determined by the Owner. The Contractor shall
schedule in advance with the Owner, certain operations which generate high levels of noise, dust,
or toxic air pollutants which may cause disruption to event activities.
EVENTS BOOKED AS OF JANUARY 27, 19"
EVENTS SUBJECT TO CHANGE
MARCH 99
Banquet Halt
Exhibit Hall
North Ped Man
East Mall
South Mall
West Mall
Theater
Rms 101-103
Rms 104-107
Rms 108412
TS Mezannins
1
LSO
106
2
LIONS
LSO
106
CPA 110
3
LSO, STEPEN FIT
LISD 101-103
LISD 104-106
USD 108/109
4
LISD
WILD GAME
LISD
LSO
LSO 107
CPA 110
5
SHEPHERD
SHEPHERD
SHEPHERD
LSO
LSO108/109
8
SHEPHERD
SHEPHERD
SHEPHERD
LSO
LSO108/109
7
LYSO
LYSO
103
104/105/107
LYSO108-112
8
POLICE EXAM
ICF 1081109
9
LIONS
USD
USD
TAIA 1041105
CPA 110
10
SW FARM PRES
SW FRAM PRES
SW FARM PRES
SW FARM PRES
107
111/112
11
SW FARM PRES
HOME & GARDN
SW FRAM PRES
SW FARM PRES
SW FARM PRES
CPA 110
12
COIN
HOME & GARDN
LIVE FAITH
13
COIN
HOME d GARDN
LIVE FAITH
PERSONAL 101
14
COIN
HOME & GARDN
LIVE FAITH
103
107
15
HOME & GARDN
_
LIVE FAITH
18
LIONS
LIVE FAITH
17
JUDGES
JUDGES
JUDGES
_
JUDGES
JUDGES
JUDGES
JUDGES
18
JUDGES
JUDGES
JUDGES
JUDGES
JUDGES
JUDGES
JUDGES
19
JUDGES
'JUDGES
JUDGES
JUDGES
JUDGES
JUDGES
JUDGES
JUDGES
20
POLICE EXAM
_
21
22
CITY ENVIRN
BEN E KEITH
23
CITY ENVIRN
BEN E KEITH
TAIA 1041105
108-111
24
MICROSOFT
BEN E KEITH
103
TAIA 1041105
PUBLIC INFO 111
TX HEALTH
25
HOSA CONY
HOSA CONY
101-103
104-107
108-112
TX HEALTH
26
BALLET LBK
HOSA CONY
HOSA CONY
SCOTT RITE
101-103
104-107
108-112
27
POLICE ACAD
HOSA CONY
HOSA CONY
POLICE 107
POLICE 108-112
28
103
107
29
POLICE 107
POLICE 108-112
30
LIONS
TAIA 1041105
CPA 110
31
MCLANE FOOD
CPA 110
EVENTS BOOKED AS OF JANUARY 27, 1999
EVENTS SUBJECT TO CHANGE
APRIL 99
Banquet Hall
Exhibit Hall
North Pod Mail
East Mall
South Mall
West Mall
Theater
Rms 101-103
Rms 104-107
Rms 108-112
TS Mezannine
1
Cork & Fork
2
3
TCGA
TCGA
TCGA
TCGA
TCGA
TCGA
TCGA
TCGA
TCGA
TCGA
TCGA
4
5
TCGA
TCGA
TCGA
TCGA
TCGA
TCGA
TCGA
TCGA
TCGA
TCGA
TCGA
6
TCGA
TCGA
TCGA
TCGA
TCGA
TCGA
TCGA
TCGA
TCGA
TCGA
TCGA
7
TCGA
TCGA
TCGA
TCGA
TCGA
TCGA
TCGA
TCGA
TCGA
TCGA
TCGA
8
TCGA
TCGA
TCGA
TCGA
TCGA
TCGA
TCGA
TCGA
TCGA
TCGA
TCGA
9
TCGA
TCGA
TCGA
TCGA
TCGA
TCGA
TCGA
TCGA
TCGA
TCGA
TCGA
10
TCGA
TCGA
TCGA
TCGA
TCGA
TCGA
TCGA
TCGA
TCGA
TCGA
TCGA
11
12
13
ParkridgePreg
108/1o9
14
103
104-107
1111112
15
Alcohol & Drug Ab
Alcohol A Drug Ab
Alcohol & Drug Ah
Alcohol & Drug Ab
Alcohol & Drug Ab
101-103
104-107
108-112
16
Alcohol & Drug Ab
LBK Diocese
Alcohol & Drug Ab
Alcohol A Drug Ab
Aimhol A Drug Ab
Alcohol & Drug Ab
101-103
104-107
108-112
17
TTU Ath Banq
LBK Diocese
101-103
104-107
108-112
LBK Diocese
18
103
107
19
Ballet Lbk
20
Lions
SW Petroleum
Ballet Lbk
101-103
104-107
108-112
21
TX Respiratory
SW Petroleum
TX Respiratory
Ballet Lbk
101-103
104-107
108-112
TX Respiratory
22
TX Respiratory
SW Petroleum
TX Respiratory
Ballet Lbk
101-103
104-107
108-112
TX Respiratory
23
TX Respiratory
Caprock Car
TX Respiratory
Ballet Lbk
TX Respiratory
24
Lions Fish Fry
Caprock Car
Caprock Car
Ballet Lbk
101
25
Caprock Car
Caprock Car
1041105
26
Shallowater Boost
LSO
27
Lions
LSO
28
LSO
103
104/105
29
Triangle Co
LSO, Triangle
108-112
30
Patel50th
Hospice
LSO
111/112
LSO
EVENTS BOOKED AS OF JANUARY 27.1999
EVENTS SUBJECT TO CHANGE
MAY 99
Banquet Hail
Exhibit Hall
North Ped Mall
East Mall
South Mall
West Mall
Theater
Rms 101-103
Rms 104-107
Rms 108-112
TS Mezannine
1
Monterey Prom
LSO
111/112
LSO
2
3
106
4
Lions
CPA Exam
106
5
CPA Exam
103
104/105
6
CPA Exam
7
Irons Jr High
Crossroads
8
Crossroads
Estacado Prom
9
Crossroads
103
107
10
11
Lions
12
Business Expo
103
104-107
1111112
13
Business Expo
Business Expo
Business Expo
Business Expo
Business Expo
Business Expo
14
Tumbling Meet
15
LBK High Banq
Tumbling Meet
Redkin
16
Redkin
17
Redkin
18
Lions
108/109
19
103
104/105
20
TTUHSC Grad
TTUHSC Grad
101
104-107
108-112
21
TTUHSC Grad
TTUHSC Grad
101
104-107
108-112
22
New Deal Banq
TTUHSC Grad
TTUHSC Grad
101
104-107
108-112
23
103
107
24
Talent Plus
25
Lions
Talent Plus
26
103
104/105
27
28
Estacado Grad
29
Moreno Banq
30
103
107
31
EVENTS BOOKED AS OF JANUARY 27, 1999
EVENTS SUBJECT TO CHANGE
11NE 99
Banquet Hall
Exhibit Hall
North Ped Mail
East Mall
South Mall
West Mall
Theater
Rms 101-103
Rms 104-107
Rms 108-112
TS Mezannino
1
Lions
2
102
107
108-112
3
Blue Cross
101,102
104-105, 107
108-112
4
Gem d Mineral
5 1
Gem 6 Mineral
Cmmty Theater
6
Gem 6 Mineral
Cmmty Theater
7
Cmmty Theater
101-103
104-107
108-112
8
Lions
Water Works
Cmmty Theater
9
Water Works
Cmmty Theater
Water Works
10
Water Works
Water Works
Cmmty Theater
111/112
Water Works
11
Water Works
Water Works
Cmmty Theater
12
Firemen
Firemen
Firemen
Firemen
_
Firemen
Firemen
Firemen
Firemen
Firemen
Firemen
13
Lion
Firemen
Firemen
Firemen
Firemen
Firemen
Firemen
Firemen
Firemen
Firemen
Freemen
14
Firemen
Firemen
Firemen
Firemen
Firemen
Firemen
Firemen
Firemen
Firemen
Firemen
15
Firemen
Firemen
Firemen
Firemen
Firemen
Firemen
Firemen
Firemen
Firemen
Firemen
16
Firemen
Firemen
Firemen
Firemen
_
Firemen
Firemen
Firemen
Firemen
Firemen
Firemen
Firemen
Firemen
Firemen
Firemen
Firemen
17
Firemen
Firemen
Firemen
Firemen
_
Firemen
18
Country Peddler
_
19
Country Peddler
101
20
Country Peddler
21
22
Lions
108/1 G9
23
24
25
TML Mtg
South Plains Art
26
South Plains Art
27
South Plains Art
28
29
Lions
30
-I I - ---A _ I ----I --- I -1 _ -A -- --I _ - I . _ I ---1 . _ _ I I - - - )
EVENTS BOOKED AS OF JANUARY 27, 1999
EVENTS SUBJECT TO CHANGE
JULY 99
Banquet Hall
Exhibit Hall
North Pod Mall
East Mall
South Mall
West Mall
Theater
Rms 101-103
Rms 104-107
Rms 108.112
TS Mezannine
1
2
3
4
5
6
Uons
7
a
Assn Family Care
101-103
104-107
108-112
Assn Family Care
9
Assn Family Care
Assn Fami Care
101-103
104-107
108-112
Assn Family Care
10
Assn Family Care
Assn Family Care
Assn Family Care
101-103
104-107
108-112
Assn Family Care
11
Early Childhood
Early Childhood
Early Childhood
101-103
104-107
108-112
12
Early Childhood
Early Childhood
Early Childhood
Early Childhood
101-103
104-107
108-112
13
Early Childhood
Early Childhood
Early Childhood
Early Childhood
101-103
1D4.107
108-112
14
Early Chidhood
Early Childhood
Early Childhood
Early Childhood
101-103
104-107
108-112
15
Assn Mayors
Assn Mayors
Assn Mayors
Assn Mayors
Assn Mayors
Assn Mayors
101.103
104-107
108-112
Assn Mayors
16
Assn Mayors
Assn Mayors
Assn Mayors
Assn Mayors
Assn Mayors
Assn Mayors
Assn Mayors
101-103
104-107
108-112
Assn Mayors
17
Assn Mayors
Assn Mayors
Assn Mayors
Assn Mayors
Assn Mayors
Assn Mayors
Assn Mayors
101-103
104-107
108-112
Assn Mayors
16
Assn Mayors
Assn Mayors
Assn Mayors
Assn Mayors
Assn Mayors
Assn Mayors
Assn Mayors
101-103
104-107
108-112
Assn Mayors
19
20
Lions
1081109
21
22
Friends NRA
Emergency Med
Emergency Med
Emergency Med
Emergency Med
f-rnergency Med
Emergency Med
Emergency Med
Emergency Med
Emergency Med
Emergency Med
23
Emergency Med
Emergency Med
Emergency Med
Emergency Med
Emergency Med
Emergency Med
Emergency Med
Emergency Med
Emergency Med
Emergency Med
24
Emergency Med
Emergeng Mad
Emergency Med
Emergency Med
Emergency Med
Emergency Med
Emergency Med
Emergency Med
Emergency Med
Effwgency Med
25
26
27
Lions
28
29
30
31
101
EVENTS BOOKED AS OF JANUARY 27,1999
EVENTS SUBJECT TO CHANGE
EVENTS BOOKED AS OF JANUARY 27, 1999
EVENTS SUBJECT TO CHANGE
SEPT 99
Banquet Hall
Exhibit Hall
North Pad Mall
East Mall
South Mall
West Mall
Theater
Rms 101-103
Rms 104-107
Rms 108-112
TS Mezannine
1
United Way
2
Sale of Century
3
Sale of Century
4
Sale of Century
5
Sale of Century
6
7
8
9
Cowboy Sympos
Cowboy Sympos
Cowboy Sympos
Cowboy Sympos
Cowboy Sympos
Cowboy Sympos
Cowboy Sympos
Cowboy Sympos
Cowboy Sympos
Cowboy Sympos
Cowboy Sympos
10
Cowboy Sympos
Cowboy Sympos
Cowboy Sympos
Cowboy Sympos
Cowboy Sympos
Cnwboy Sympos
Cowboy Sympos
Cowboy Sympos
Cowboy Sympos
Cowboy Sympos
Cowboy Sympos
11
Cowboy Sympos
Cowboy Sympos
Cowboy Sympos
Cowboy Sympos
Cowboy Sympos
Cowboy Sympos
Cowboy Sympos
Cowboy Sympos
Cowboy Sympos
Cowboy Sympos
Cowboy Sympos
12
Cowboy Sympos
Cowboy Sympos
Cowboy Sympos
Cowboy Sympos
Cowboy Sympos
Cowboy Sympos
Cowboy Sympos
Cowboy Sympos
Cowboy Syn"s
Cowboy Sympos
Cowboy Sympos
13
Watson Food Sh
Watson Food Sh
Watson Food Sh
14
Watson Food Sh
Watson Food Sh
_
Watson Food Sh
15
Watson Food Sh
Watson Food Sh
Watson Food Sh
16
Fiestas
17
New Car Show
New Car Show
Fiestas
18
New Car Show
New Car Show
Fiestas
101
19
New Car Show
New Car Show
Fiestas
20
21
SP Electric Banq
1041105
108/109
22
Gardn Wise
Country Peddler
23
Gardn Wise
Country Peddler
24
Gardn Wise
Country Peddler
25
Golden Spur
26
27
USD
USD
101-103
104-107
107-112
28
29
30
Dog Show
Dog Show